11.12.2012 Views

The China Venture

The China Venture

The China Venture

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>:<br />

Business Environment and Strategic Considerations<br />

Prof. Dr. Li Choy Chong, Oliver Kabuth, and Klaus Kukovetz (editors)<br />

<strong>The</strong> Asia Research Centre,<br />

<strong>The</strong> Research Institute for International Management,<br />

<strong>The</strong> University of St. Gallen<br />

featuring papers by<br />

Matthias Weibel<br />

Dr. Michael Loretan<br />

Cinderella Freiin von Dungern<br />

Klaus Kukovetz<br />

Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner<br />

Matthias Kästner<br />

Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

I wish to thank the Grundlagenforschungsfonds (GFF) of the University of St. Gallen for<br />

supporting the employment of assistants, Peter Lindstrom, Anita Subramanian and Matthias<br />

Weibel, to work on the project.<br />

I also wish to thank the many student-authors who have contributed to the work of these<br />

three books, in terms of their articles, revisions and updates and other editorial and secretarial<br />

assistance. In particular, I would like to thank Oliver Kabuth, Klaus Kukovetz, Matthias<br />

Weibel, Michael Loretan, Cinderella von Dungern, Rainer Kirchhofer, Stephan Lechner,<br />

Matthias Kästner, Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller, for their contributions to the <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>Venture</strong> book;<br />

Peter Lindstrom, the students of the Vietnam study group (Marc Ammann, Verena Antl,<br />

Andreas Barfuss, Andrea Baumeister, Christian Chalut, Fabian Engl, Thomas Glesti, Urs<br />

Graf, Thomas Gysi, Benjamin Jäggi, Brigitta Joho, Monica Kirchhoff, Chantal Landert,<br />

Florian Lanz, Robert Liebl, Jürgen Müller, Oliver Schwarz, Pascal Sommerhalder, Joel<br />

Widmer and Antonia Zambon, including my assistants Reza Rahimi, Klaus Kukovetz and<br />

Peter Lindstrom), Stefan Otto, Reza Rahami, Tina Habicht, Philipp Reese, Marco Sütterle,<br />

Peter Geiser, Matthias Kästner, and Christian Carduck, for their contributions to the Emerging<br />

Asia book, and<br />

Anita Subramanian, Peter Lindstrom, Marusa Fasano, Christian Börstnar, Marc Oesch,<br />

Andreas Barfuss, Sven Graber, Stefan Graf, Gabriel le Laidier Robert Liebl, and Daniel<br />

Seeli, for their contributions to the Asia Businesses in Europe book.<br />

Finally, I wish to thank my secretary, Kristina Stalder and my personal assistants, Mirweiss<br />

Meidanval and Ricarda Ross for their often unseen and unacknowledged help in my work<br />

place.<br />

Li Choy Chong<br />

ii


Table of Contents<br />

List of Figures ..........................................................................................................................viii<br />

List of Tables .............................................................................................................................ix<br />

Abbreviations ..............................................................................................................................x<br />

1. INTRODUCTION: THE CH INA VENTURE ............................................................ 1<br />

2. THE CHINESE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT .......................................................... 4<br />

2.1 THE CHINA REFORM STORY (BY MATTHIAS WEIBEL) ...................................................4<br />

2.2 THE LEGAL SYSTEM IN CHINA (BY DR. MICHAEL LORETAN )........................................6<br />

2.2.1 Chinese Legal History..............................................................................................7<br />

2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law ..................................................................................7<br />

2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law .......................................................................................8<br />

2.2.2 Governmental structure..........................................................................................10<br />

2.2.3 Legal structure ........................................................................................................11<br />

2.2.4 Judicial Structure ....................................................................................................12<br />

2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system ....................................................14<br />

2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law ........................................................................................15<br />

2.2.7 Contract law ...........................................................................................................16<br />

2.2.8 Company Law ........................................................................................................17<br />

2.2.9 Conclusion .............................................................................................................18<br />

2.3 BUSINESS FINANCE IN CHINA (BY CINDERELLA FREIIN VON DUNGERN) .....................19<br />

2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments..............................................20<br />

2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong> ..........................................................21<br />

2.3.1.2 Financial institutions ......................................................................................23<br />

2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring .....................................................30<br />

2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong> .......................................................32<br />

2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets.......................................................................................35<br />

iii


2.3.2.1 Stock market...................................................................................................36<br />

2.3.2.2 Bond market ...................................................................................................37<br />

2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market...............................................................................38<br />

2.3.2.4 Interbank money market.................................................................................38<br />

2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market...................................................................40<br />

2.3.3 Instruments of financial management ....................................................................40<br />

2.3.3.1 Equity financing.............................................................................................42<br />

2.3.3.2 Debt financing ................................................................................................45<br />

2.3.3.3 Currency management ....................................................................................48<br />

2.3.4 Conclusions ............................................................................................................50<br />

3. PRE-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS TO MAXIMISE BUSINE SS<br />

POTENTIAL................................................................................................................. 53<br />

3.1 PRE-ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR BUSINESS SELF-EXAMINATION (BY KLAUS<br />

KUKOVETZ).................................................................................................................53<br />

3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad...................................................................54<br />

3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners .......................54<br />

3.1.3 Practical Illustrations..............................................................................................55<br />

3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling sys tems company (LLSC)....55<br />

3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC) ...............................57<br />

3.2 MAXIMISING POTENTIAL THROUGH STRATEGIC FIT WITH POTENTIAL PARTNERS (BY<br />

RAINER G. KIRCHHOFER AND STEPHAN LECHNER) .....................................................61<br />

3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper ...............................................................................61<br />

3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors.....................................................62<br />

3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government ...............................................................................62<br />

3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ), and<br />

High Technology Development Zones ..........................................................64<br />

3.2.3 Foreign Governments .............................................................................................66<br />

3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance ....................................................................................66<br />

iv


3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses .......................................................66<br />

3.2.4 Environment for Investors .....................................................................................67<br />

3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives .............................67<br />

3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State ................................................................68<br />

3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment .....................................................69<br />

3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use.........................................................69<br />

3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property .......................................................................................70<br />

3.2.4.6 Guanxi ............................................................................................................71<br />

3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection ...............................................................................72<br />

3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong> ..................................................................73<br />

3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s................................................................74<br />

3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) ................................................................74<br />

3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)................................................74<br />

3.2.5. 4 Chinese Holding Companies..........................................................................75<br />

3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles ....................................................76<br />

3.2.6 Strategy Planning ...................................................................................................78<br />

3.2.7 Risk Analysis .........................................................................................................79<br />

3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments ........................................................80<br />

3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong>.................................83<br />

3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile ....................................................................................................83<br />

3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles .............................................................................84<br />

3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies .............................................................87<br />

3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong> .............................................................97<br />

3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in <strong>China</strong>? ...........97<br />

3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?.................................................98<br />

3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>?.............................................................................................................98<br />

3.2.11 Management of Human Resources ......................................................................100<br />

3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law .................................................................................100<br />

v


3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor ..............................................................100<br />

3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates ......................................................................101<br />

3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills ........................................101<br />

3.2.12 Management of Relationship ...............................................................................102<br />

3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss ..................................................................................105<br />

3.2.13.1 Company Profile ..........................................................................................105<br />

3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec ...............................................................105<br />

3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company .........................105<br />

3.2.13.4 Human Resources.........................................................................................106<br />

3.2.13.5 Summary ......................................................................................................106<br />

3.3 MAKING A HIGH - TECH MARKET ENTRY (BY MATTHIAS KÄSTNER)........................107<br />

3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework........................................108<br />

3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants...................................................................................109<br />

3.3.1.2 External Determinants ..................................................................................110<br />

3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology...............................................................................111<br />

3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities................................................................111<br />

3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities................................112<br />

3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology 113<br />

3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages ..............................114<br />

3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance .....................114<br />

3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development .....................................................115<br />

3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs ..................................................115<br />

3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities ..........................118<br />

3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner ...................120<br />

3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor.....................122<br />

3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient.................123<br />

3.4 NEGOTIATING FOR A JOINT VENTURE: STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS (BY BRIGITTA<br />

JOHO AND JÜRGEN MÜLLER) .....................................................................................125<br />

3.4.1 Culture..................................................................................................................126<br />

vi


3.4.1.1 National Culture ...........................................................................................126<br />

3.4.1.2 Business Culture...........................................................................................127<br />

3.4.1.3 Corporate culture ..........................................................................................127<br />

3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />

..............................................................................................................................127<br />

3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism...................................................................128<br />

3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends ........................................129<br />

3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation ..........................................................................................129<br />

3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting .................................................................131<br />

3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems .................................132<br />

3.4.2.6 Yes and No...................................................................................................134<br />

3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>...................134<br />

3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> ...................135<br />

3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies................................................................................135<br />

3.4.3.2 Interviews .....................................................................................................136<br />

3.4.3.3 Important Factors .........................................................................................136<br />

3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews ........................................................................140<br />

4. POST-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS.............................................. 141<br />

4.1 POST -ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR RE-EVALUATION AND RE-POSITIONING (BY<br />

KLAUS KUKOVETZ) ...................................................................................................141<br />

4.1.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................141<br />

4.1.2 Case studies..........................................................................................................142<br />

4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)......................................................142<br />

4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC).................................................144<br />

Epilogue ..................................................................................................................................148<br />

5. REFERENCES........................................................................................................... 149<br />

6. APPENDIX ................................................................................................................. 159<br />

6.1 FACT SHEET PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA..............................................................159<br />

vii


List of Figures<br />

FIGURE 2-1: DEVELOPMENT OF FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENTS (IN BILLION USD)<br />

COMBINED WITH KEY EVENTS IN CHINA, 1976 - 2000...................................6<br />

FIGURE 2-2: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S FINANCIAL SECTOR............................................. 24<br />

FIGURE 2-3: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S BANKING SECTOR................................................. 25<br />

FIGURE 3-1: ORGANISATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE 'S REPUBLIC OF<br />

CHINA........................................................................................................... 63<br />

FIGURE 3-2: MAP OF CHINA............................................................................................. 65<br />

FIGURE 3-3: PRELIMINARY STRUCTURE OF THE "SINO-SWISS PARTNERSHIP FUND".... 67<br />

FIGURE 3-4: MANAGEMENT CONTROL VS . FINANCIAL EXPOSURE OF VARIOUS<br />

INVESTMENT VEHICLES................................................................................ 76<br />

FIGURE 3-5: DEVELOPMENT OF FORMS OF CO-OPERATION IN CHINA............................. 78<br />

FIGURE 3-6: IDEAL PROFILE OF A COMPANY INVESTING IN CHINA................................... 84<br />

FIGURE 3-7: PROFILE OF A TYPICAL SMALL OR MEDIUM ENTERPRISE............................. 88<br />

FIGURE 3-8: PROFILE OF A CHINESE JOINT VENTURE PARTNER.................................... 89<br />

FIGURE 3-9: PROFILE OF FOREIGN BANKS AND GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS................ 90<br />

FIGURE 3-10: PROFILE OF BUSINESS PARKS..................................................................... 91<br />

FIGURE 3-11: PROFILE FOR THE OPTIMUM COMBINATION OF AL L POTENTIAL PARTNERS. 92<br />

FIGURE 3-12: PROFILE OF SUZHOU MFN EMBROIDERY CO. LTD.................................... 93<br />

FIGURE 3-13: PROFILE OF SUZHOU NOVE FASHION & CRAFTS CO. LTD......................... 95<br />

FIGURE 3-14: PROFILE OF SWISSTEC................................................................................ 96<br />

FIGURE 3-15: THE WAY TO "GOLDEN TOWN "..................................................................104<br />

FIGURE 3-16: DETERMINANTS FOR THE CHOICE OF THE MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY......109<br />

FIGURE 3-17: INTERNAL DETERMINANTS .........................................................................110<br />

FIGURE 3-18: THE CHOICE OF MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY.............................................112<br />

FIGURE 3-19: THREE LEVELS OF CULTURE......................................................................126<br />

viii


List of Tables<br />

TABLE 2-1: THE AREAS OF THE FOUR SPECIALISED BANKS............................................ 26<br />

TABLE 2-2: DIFFERENCES IN BANKING SERVICES .......................................................... 29<br />

TABLE 3-1: SWOT ANALYSIS FOR SPSC IN RESPECT TO MARKET ENTRY IN ASIA...... 58<br />

TABLE 3-2: INCENTIVES FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS........................................................ 68<br />

TABLE 3-3: OVERVIEW OF INVESTMENT VEHICLES IN CHINA......................................... 77<br />

TABLE 3-4: STRATEGIC QUESTIONS FOR SME'S PLANNING TO INVEST IN CHINA......... 79<br />

TABLE 3-5: RISK ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENTS IN CHINA................................................. 80<br />

TABLE 3-6: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS C ONCERNING PRODUCTS AND MARKETS............. 81<br />

TABLE 3-7: SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING CHINESE PARTNERS.............................. 82<br />

TABLE 3-8: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING COMPANY STRUCTURE AND<br />

ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................................... 83<br />

TABLE 3-9: QUALIFICATION PROFILE OF MANAGERS WORKING IN CHINA....................102<br />

TABLE 3-10: MEMBERS OF THE SWISSTEC ORGANISATION ...........................................105<br />

TABLE 3-11: EXTERNAL DETERMINANTS........................................................................110<br />

TABLE 3-12: TECHNOLOGY DETERMINANTS ..................................................................111<br />

TABLE 3-13: RELATIONS BETWEEN A SME AND ITS BARGAINING PARTNERS...............117<br />

TABLE 3-14: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE AUTHORITIES......................................................................118<br />

TABLE 3-15: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE JV P ARTNERS.....................................................................120<br />

TABLE 3-16: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND DISTRIBUTORS....................................................................................122<br />

TABLE 3-17: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE TECHNOLOGY RECIPIENT...................................................123<br />

TABLE 3-18: COMPARISON OF VALUES AND BEHAVIOUR..............................................129<br />

TABLE 3-19: PRESENTATION OF THE OWN PERSON.......................................................130<br />

TABLE 3-20: COMMUNICATION BEHAVIO UR AT THE FIRST MEETING..............................131<br />

TABLE 3-21: MANAGER-THINKING: COMPARISON OF GERMANY/ SWITZERLAND AND<br />

CHINA.........................................................................................................134<br />

ix


Abbreviations<br />

ABC Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

ADB Agricultural Development Bank<br />

APEC Asian-Pacific Economic Co-operation<br />

APT Arbitrage Pricing <strong>The</strong>ory<br />

BOC Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

Bocom Bank of Communications<br />

CAPM Capital Asset Pricing Model<br />

CCB <strong>China</strong> Construction Bank<br />

CCP Chinese Communist Party<br />

CHF Swiss Franks<br />

CIB <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank<br />

CITICIB <strong>China</strong> International Trust and Investment Corporation Industrial Bank<br />

CJV Contractual Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

CMB <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />

CS Credit Suisse<br />

CSRC <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />

DEM German Marks<br />

EBC Everbright Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

EIB Export and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

EJV Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

EMH Efficient Market Hypothesis<br />

FDI Foreign Direct Investment<br />

FIB Fujian Industrial Bank<br />

FIC Foreign Investment Commission<br />

FIE Foreign Invested Enterprise<br />

GATT General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade<br />

x


GBP Pounds Sterling<br />

GDB Guangdong Development Bank<br />

GDP Gross Domestic Product<br />

GITIC Guandong International Trust and Investment Corporation<br />

HDB Hainan Development Bank<br />

HII High-net-income Individual<br />

HKD Hongkong Dollars<br />

HSBC Hongkong & Shangha i Banking Corp.<br />

HWI High-net-worth individual<br />

HXB Huaxia Bank<br />

ICBC Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

IEB Import and Export Bank<br />

IFC International Finance Corporation<br />

IMD International Institute for Management Development<br />

IPO Initial Public Offering<br />

IT Information Technology<br />

JPY Japanese YEN<br />

M&A Mergers and Acquisition<br />

MPT Modern Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory<br />

NBFI Non-Bank Financial Institutions<br />

NETS National Electronic Trading System<br />

OCC Opened Coastal City<br />

OCP Opened Coastal Province<br />

OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development<br />

OTC Over-the-counter<br />

p. page<br />

PB Private Banking<br />

xi


PBOC People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

PDB Pudong Development Bank<br />

PM Portfolio Management<br />

PRC People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong><br />

RMB Renminbi Yua n<br />

SBC Swiss Bank Corporation, now: UBS<br />

SBG Schweizerische Bankgesellschaft, now: UBS<br />

SDB State Development Bank<br />

SEC United States Securities and Exchange Commission<br />

SGD Singapore Dollars<br />

ShDB Shenzhen Development Bank<br />

SOE State-owned enterprise<br />

SSE Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />

STAQS Securities Trading Automated Quotation System<br />

U.K. United Kingdom<br />

U.S. United States (of America)<br />

UBS AG New Name of the united UBS and SBC (Juli 1998)<br />

USD US Dollars<br />

WFOE Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise<br />

WTO World Trade Organisation<br />

xii


1. Introduction: <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Paul Krebs was perplexed and bewildered. Throughout his 22 years as an international<br />

businessman, he has never experienced such inexplicable treatment from his business allies<br />

and acquaintances as he did in <strong>China</strong> recently. It was not that they treated him badly, or they<br />

tried to cheat him or twist his arms. <strong>The</strong>se would not have been surprising at all. <strong>The</strong><br />

perplexing or even bewildering aspect of this episode lies in the fact that they treated him so<br />

very well, treating and feasting him like a VIP, and yet refused to discuss anything relating to<br />

the continuation of a supposedly on-going business, evading and postponing indefinitely<br />

every mention of work and business.<br />

This is definitely strange but should not be inexplicable. After all, these are supposedly<br />

business people and people his firm has been working with over the last 3 years. Indeed,<br />

everything went very well when Mr. Zheng was running the business for him in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong><br />

business started up in <strong>China</strong> without a hitch and the deals struck were always profitable.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was no difficulty whatsoever. No problem was ever brought up to him. He only heard<br />

good news every time he asked. <strong>The</strong> accounts always looked good, in fact too good to be true.<br />

If everything else were not real, at least the money which flowed into his firm’s bank account<br />

in Switzerland were real.<br />

Is this what Guanxi is all about? He heard so much about Guanxi from others, yet never<br />

experienced any problem with it. Perhaps, his firm’s dealings with <strong>China</strong> has been bouyed by<br />

Mr. Zheng’s Guanxi. With Mr. Zheng gone, there is no more Guanxi. This seems plausible,<br />

yet it does not explain the extreme kindness and hospitality of the Chinese. If the Guanxi is<br />

still there, why then are the Chinese not talking business with him. If there is no intention of<br />

wanting to do business, why should they be so nice to him? If Guanxi was the web of<br />

relationships which helped buoy his business in <strong>China</strong> in the past, then it would seem to be a<br />

spider’s web which renders him helpless and unable to move his business now.<br />

Such thoughts have occupied Paul Krebs’ mind since he went on his business trip to <strong>China</strong> 3<br />

weeks ago. <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no logical explanation for all these. It is incredible how one<br />

man (Mr. Zheng) can do so much difference to a business.<br />

Mr. Zheng was an employee of Paul Krebs. He came to work for Paul’s firm after his<br />

graduation from a university in Germany. He was bright, and very hardworking and<br />

responsible. As a result, he soon ear ned the trust and respect of his boss, Paul. After working<br />

3 years with Paul’s firm, he expressed his desire to return home to <strong>China</strong>. This was when Paul<br />

1


Krebs decided that he should perhaps venture into <strong>China</strong> and offered Mr. Zheng the<br />

opportunity to head-up a new venture in <strong>China</strong>. Mr. Zheng readily agreed and set-up a<br />

successful venture for Paul in Shanghai.<br />

Three months ago, Mr. Zheng told Paul that he had been offered the job of General Manager<br />

by an American company in <strong>China</strong> to take overall responsibility for its operations there. He<br />

was offered a pay package worth 3 times his salary working for Paul’s firm. It was an<br />

opportunity too good to miss for Mr. Zheng. Paul did not think Mr. Zheng was worth that<br />

money at that point in time. It is not that the venture in <strong>China</strong> could not generate the kind of<br />

money Mr. Zheng asked for. He could have paid Mr. Zheng more than what the competitor<br />

offered. He just felt that the amount was too high and that the company could replace Mr.<br />

Zheng with some other person at a c heaper salary, or he can just do the job himself. After all,<br />

the past deals involved importing Chinese products and exporting European products to<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing so complicated about that, and most times, deals are repeated anyway.<br />

He therefore wished Mr. Zheng “Good luck” and let him go, not realising that following Mr.<br />

Zheng’s departure, there would be no more deals, not even the renewal of the repetitious deals<br />

of the past. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing sinister about this. Mr. Zheng has acted correctly in this matter,<br />

as Paul has realised during his recent trip to <strong>China</strong>. He did not take any of the past deals with<br />

him to his new company.<br />

Returning to Zurich in Switzerland, Paul’s mind continued to be occupied with his <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>Venture</strong>. True, he has already closed down his small assembly and warehousing operation in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is also no hope of ever reviving the highly successful and profitable trading<br />

operations he had under Mr. Zheng's management. He should not be wasting his time there,<br />

neither should he be wasting his thoughts now, by thinking about something which is<br />

essentially over. But he just could not get his mind off his <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

In a recent family reunion with his brother’s family, he learnt from his niece who studied at<br />

the University of St. Gallen (HSG) that she had been to <strong>China</strong> with her Management in Asia<br />

class. He was impressed with his niece’s knowledge of <strong>China</strong> and wished he had a discussion<br />

with her earlier. He managed to get a copy of her class report and started to read about<br />

“Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions" 1 .<br />

<strong>The</strong>reafter, he decided to contact the Asia Research Centre at the Research Institute for<br />

International Management at the University of St. Gallen.<br />

2


After a short discussion with the professor there, Paul was given a stack of students’ papers in<br />

the area of “Venturing in <strong>China</strong>: Business Environment and Strategic Considerations”. This,<br />

according to the professor, could provide the information he needed. He took the stack of<br />

pape rs home and started to review them and reflect on his recent past – <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> papers provided a comprehensive overview of the business environment and strategic<br />

considerations for business venturing in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> first couple of papers surveyed the<br />

business environment in <strong>China</strong> and discussed such environmental aspects like the operating<br />

legal and financial systems.<br />

Knowing the environment in <strong>China</strong> is only the first step to strategy formulation and business<br />

venturing. Realising one’s own strengths, weaknesses and potentials is just as important.<br />

Business self-examination is therefore a critical pre -entry requirement. It also enables the<br />

business to plan for strategic fit with its potential partners in <strong>China</strong> in order to maximise its<br />

own potential and to overcome possible problems and avoid potential pitfalls in the new<br />

operating environment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Understanding the social and cultural differences there will certainly go a long way to help<br />

with business negotiations as well as business operations and success in <strong>China</strong>. Having<br />

technology to offer will also provide the firm with additional bargaining power in negotiations<br />

and help win over strategic allies in <strong>China</strong>, which could be influential business partners as<br />

well as government officials.<br />

Making a successful business entry into <strong>China</strong> is important. Sustaining it requires further<br />

effort. <strong>The</strong>re is also the need for continual re -evaluation and re-positioning of the on-going<br />

business given the continuous and rapid changes in the laws and operating environment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Human problems resulting from local employees as well as local business partners,<br />

such as the resignation of your Chinese General Manager, may require a thorough re-<br />

examination or even re-organisation of your business venture there, in spite of its past<br />

success.<br />

Paul ponders about these points as he reviewed these papers, relating always to his own <strong>China</strong><br />

venture...<br />

1 <strong>The</strong> book 'Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions'<br />

was published by German University Press, a subsidiary of Gabler Verlag in 1998.<br />

3


2. <strong>The</strong> Chinese Business Environment<br />

<strong>The</strong> economic transformation of modern <strong>China</strong> from a Soviet-style, centrally planned<br />

economy to one which is increasingly market-oriented and open to foreign business<br />

investments and operations began in 1978. <strong>The</strong> story of <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform based on<br />

the setting up and rapid growth of a market economy which is becoming increasingly<br />

important, and in parallel to an existing and dominant command economy which shrinks in<br />

tandem with the growing dominance of the market economy, provides certainly an interesting<br />

lesson in economic transformation change. Matthias Weibel wrote about the <strong>China</strong> Reform<br />

story ...<br />

2.1 <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> Reform story (by Matthias Weibel)<br />

Under the guidance of Deng Xiaoping the economic reforms started with the “Four<br />

Modernisations“ involving agriculture, industry, science and technology, and national<br />

defence. In agriculture the authorities replaced the old collectivisation with a system of<br />

household responsibility. In industry, the authority of local officials and plant managers were<br />

increased. A wide variety of small-scale enterprises in services and light manufacturing were<br />

also permitted. <strong>The</strong> economy was opened increasingly to foreign trade and investment.<br />

Knowing that the modernisation of the Chinese industry could not be realised without foreign<br />

resources, the government also decided to establish four Special Economic Zones along the<br />

Chinese south coast, offering attractive incentives for foreign firms and creating a secure<br />

economic environment. In these zones, <strong>China</strong> offered low tax rates, low bureaucratic hurdles,<br />

and permission to repatriate the profits gained, in addition to relatively cheap land and labour.<br />

At the same time, several provinces (Opened Coastal Provinces - OCPs) 2 and cities (Opened<br />

Coastal Cities - OCCs) 3 were allowed to provide similar incentives for foreign investors.<br />

Chinese firms, especially those in big cities like Shanghai, were selected for greater<br />

autonomy. Since management was no longer subject to central government control, the<br />

resident managers were now in charge of the bottom-line, and had a free hand in the choice of<br />

suppliers, production methods, marketin g, administration and accounting. Banks were also<br />

given greater autonomy in providing loans. <strong>The</strong> reforms encouraged Chinese companies to<br />

2<br />

Lioning, Hebei, Tianjin, Shandong, Jiangsu, Shanghai, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hainan,<br />

Guangxi.<br />

3<br />

Dalian, Tianjin, Qingdao, Shanghai and Guagzhou.<br />

4


co-operate with other firms, especially foreign firms. (In Shanghai, for example, foreign Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s have been allowed since 1983).<br />

To improve the development of science and technology, the government provided substantial<br />

funding to facilitate technology and knowledge transfer from foreign countries to <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Thousands of students were sent abroad to study. Chinese universities were also rebuilt<br />

(having been suppressed during the Cultural Revolution) and given certain autonomy. Since<br />

then, the expenditure on research has increased enormously and international relationships<br />

multiplied.<br />

Thanks to the reforms, the Chinese economy took off in the 1980s. Agricultural output<br />

doubled during the same period and the country’s GDP had quadrupled since 1978. Industry<br />

posted major gains, especially in coastal areas near Hong Kong and opposite Taiwan, where<br />

foreign investment helped spur output of both domestic and export goods. However, such<br />

rapid economic growth has also been accompanied by unacceptable social consequences like<br />

unnecessary bureaucracy, lassitude, corruption, socially unacceptable greed among parts of<br />

the Chinese populace for windfall gains which threatened cultural values and social order, and<br />

inflation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Tiananmen Square incident in June 1989 dampened economic growth temporarily.<br />

Nevertheless, following the announcement of far-reaching reforms during Deng Xiaoping’s<br />

trip to the Southern Special Economic Zones, foreign investments were boosted considerably.<br />

This could in part be attributable to the Bank of Japan’s more expansionary monetary policy<br />

at that time up to the middle of 1996, which also helped other Asia n nations.<br />

In 1992-96 annual growth of GDP accelerated, particularly in the coastal areas - averaging<br />

more than 10% annually according to official figures. In late 1993 <strong>China</strong>'s leadership<br />

approved additional long-term reforms aimed at giving still more scope to market-oriented<br />

institutions and at strengthening the control over the financial system. State enterprises<br />

continue to dominate many key industries in the new "socialist market economy."<br />

In spite of Deng Xiaoping’s death in February 1997, <strong>China</strong> continued on its road to economic<br />

reform. <strong>The</strong> Asia Financial Crisis also failed to dampen <strong>China</strong>’s economic performance. In<br />

fact, the Crisis has led the Chinese government to make extremely tough decisions to reform<br />

the banking institutions and to crack down on corruption. Such rapid changes in laws and<br />

institutions are never comfortable to people who are living and working in <strong>China</strong> as it affects<br />

their way of life and increase the feeling of uncertainty. Nevertheless, this should bode well<br />

for the economic future of <strong>China</strong>.<br />

5


45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Law and SEZs<br />

Begin of the<br />

Four<br />

Modernisations<br />

Rural reforms<br />

announced<br />

Approval of 14<br />

more SEZs<br />

Set up of<br />

WFOE<br />

allowed<br />

Price<br />

reforms<br />

Tienanmen<br />

Square Incident<br />

Deng’s visit<br />

to the South<br />

Stock<br />

Exchange<br />

Opening<br />

Dual exchange<br />

rate abolished<br />

Deng‘s<br />

death<br />

Asian Crisis<br />

started<br />

1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000<br />

FIGURE 2-1: Development of Foreign Direct Investments (in Billion USD) combined with<br />

key events in <strong>China</strong>, 1976 - 2000 4<br />

As Paul reads the <strong>China</strong> Reform Story, he could not help reflecting on his own <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

”Deng Xiaoping started the reforms . His reforms lived on and prospered after him. Here was<br />

my <strong>China</strong> venture. It died when Mr. Zheng left...”. Paul felt little comfort in this thought, yet<br />

he was intrigued with the <strong>China</strong> Story ... and he read on ...<br />

Dr. Loretan, a trained and practising lawyer who has chosen to further his studies in business<br />

and economies at HSG wrote:<br />

2.2 <strong>The</strong> Legal System in <strong>China</strong> (by Dr. Michael Loretan)<br />

It has been 20 years since <strong>China</strong> opened its door to the world in 1978. <strong>China</strong> is a land of<br />

opportunities. Its potential purchasing power, especially in the long run, meets the dream of<br />

long-term investors. However, <strong>China</strong> is also a land of uncertainty for those investors who do<br />

not know much about its legal system, under which the game of investment has been, and will<br />

be played.<br />

4 Data based on IMF, 1997a, p. 296. See also Dony, 1986, p. 52.<br />

6


<strong>The</strong> Chinese operating legal system is a nascent system, emerging from the unique history,<br />

culture and social structure of <strong>China</strong>. All these factors should be taken into consideration in<br />

order to gather insightful understandings of the actual operation of the legal system. This<br />

paper provides a brief overview on Chinese legal history and the governmental structure of<br />

the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong>. It also provides a short in troduction to some general aspects<br />

of Chinese law, such as the legal structure, the judicial structure and some current problems of<br />

the operating legal system, as well as a first glance at the fields of Chinese law which are of<br />

particular interest to potential investors in one of the most promising markets of the future.<br />

2.2.1 Chinese Legal History<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal history of <strong>China</strong> is commonly divided into two parts, namely the part of traditional<br />

Chinese law spanning from the Xia Dynasty, the first dynasty in Chinese history more than<br />

4,000 years ago, to the Qing Dynasty in the early 20 th century, and the part of modern Chinese<br />

law, starting form the legal reforms during the Qing Dynasty to the present time.<br />

2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law<br />

Traditional Chinese Law is, along with the common law family, civil law family, and the<br />

Islamic law family, considered as one of the four major law families. It has its foundations in<br />

the 21 st century BC and persisted until the beginning of this century. Despite the formal repeal<br />

of the Tradit ional Chinese Law in the early 1900s, it continues to exert its influence on<br />

contemporary society. In this sense, traditions may serve as explanation of peculiar practices<br />

and problems of the existing legal system.<br />

<strong>The</strong> features of the Chinese Legal Tradition which are distinct from Western traditions, and<br />

thus, to a great extent, contrary to the concepts of modern law, are the following:<br />

Traditional Chinese Law was constructed on the feudal system and protected the unequal<br />

status of persons. Equality before law has never been accepted as a legal principle. Social<br />

status has been more important than legal rules. Some practices of inequality before the law in<br />

contemporary <strong>China</strong>, such as the necessity to seek approval form a higher authority before<br />

investigatin g and prosecuting high-ranking officials, may still be attributed to this legacy.<br />

Traditional Chinese Law was founded on a totalitarian system rather than on a democratic<br />

model. <strong>The</strong> emperors reigned with absolute power and control over the entire country.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional Chinese legal system, in its function as a subordinate of the power<br />

structure, never tolerated the existence of legal rules other than those of the emperor. This<br />

7


forms a sharp contrast to Western civilisations, where the secular and religious powers and the<br />

legal system co-existed and fostered a tradition of plurality and supremacy of law. <strong>The</strong><br />

difficulty in today’s <strong>China</strong> to accept the supremacy of law may be considered as a<br />

consequence of Traditional Chinese Law.<br />

Criminal law formed the backbone of the traditional legal system. As a result, all types of<br />

litigation were subject to criminal procedures and law was generally viewed as a cruel<br />

instrument of suppression. <strong>The</strong> concept of private law reflecting the spirit of market<br />

exchange s among equal persons has never appeared in the traditional legal system. This again<br />

forms a sharp contrast to Western legal tradition, which is based to a great extent on private<br />

law. <strong>The</strong> lack of private law in Traditional Chinese Law and the dominance of criminal law<br />

may to a certain extent serve as an explanation of the generally hostile attitude towards<br />

litigation in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Traditional Chinese Law did not know the formal separation of the judicial branch.<br />

Administrative officials exercised both the power of administration and the power of<br />

adjudication. <strong>The</strong> typical format of a traditional litigation was an inquisitional process backed<br />

by physical torture to obtain a confession. <strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional concept was that justice<br />

cannot be found in law, but from the intelligence and honesty of individual officials. This may<br />

serve as an explanation of the still widespread distrust in the official judicial structure. As a<br />

consequence, justice is often searched for outside the formal procedure in today’s <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> above features overshadow the generally accepted positive values of Traditional Chinese<br />

Law such as the mixed system of codification and precedents, the emphasis on the educational<br />

function of law, the rich experience in legal practice, and the function of law in stabilising<br />

social harmony. Still, the traditional legal system constituted an insurmountable obstacle in<br />

the historical course of transition towards modernisation. It had to be abolished in order to<br />

transit to a new era of Chinese legal development.<br />

2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law<br />

In order to cope with the development of the fledgling modern national economy, the Qing<br />

Dynasty promulgated reforms of the legal system in the early 20 th century. <strong>The</strong> major laws<br />

enacted at that time were all based on German, French and Japanese law. This modelled the<br />

new Chinese legal system according to civil law tradition. <strong>The</strong> following reasons caused the<br />

introduction of civil rather than common law.<br />

8


First of all, Britain’s predominant international status was dec lining at the beginning of the<br />

20 th century. Secondly, <strong>China</strong> and Japan are neighbouring countries which share the same<br />

or igin. Also Japan was the nearest modernised and westernised country to <strong>China</strong>. So it was<br />

convenient for Chinese to go to Japan to study modern Western sciences and knowledge,<br />

including law. As a result, both Chinese legislation and legal theory were substantially<br />

influenced by Japan. Since modern Japanese law was introduced from Germany, Japanese law<br />

was indirectly derived from the Roman law tradition and Chinese law followed the same path.<br />

Thirdly, it was impossible for a country like <strong>China</strong>, which had a well-established legal system<br />

with more than 4,000 years of history, to introduce common law because of the historical<br />

background and the nature of case law.<br />

In the 1930s the legal modernisation in old <strong>China</strong> came to its end. By that time, modern<br />

constitutional laws, civil laws, commercial laws, criminal laws, civil procedure laws and<br />

criminal procedure laws were introduced. This also marks the completion of the transition<br />

from the traditional Chinese law system to Roman civil law.<br />

In 1949 the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter the PRC) was founded by the Communist<br />

Party of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Kuomintang government fled to the province of Taiwan. <strong>The</strong>re, the laws<br />

enacted on the mainland remained implemented. On the mainland however, a new legal<br />

system based on entirely different political, economic and ideological structures was<br />

established.<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal system in new <strong>China</strong> was developed by adopting that of the former Soviet Union.<br />

This new system was based on the following principles: in the economic field, public<br />

ownership and a centralised-planned economy; in the political field, people’s democratic<br />

dictatorship and the supremacy of the Party; and in the cultural and ideological field, the<br />

dominance of Marxist theory. 5<br />

In this context the idea arose that the policies of the Party and the State should be more<br />

important than legal rules, and a tendency to neglect or even violate rules and procedures for<br />

the sake of social reform appeared. As a result, law was perceived as something flexible and<br />

manipulatable. To a certain extent, this is still the dominant attitude in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />

5 See the wording of the first article of the Constitution of the PRC: “<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> is<br />

a socialist state under the people’s democratic dictatorship led by the working class and based on the<br />

alliance of workers and peasants. <strong>The</strong> socialist system is the basic system of the People’s Republic of<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Disruption of the socialist state by any organisation or individual is prohibited.”<br />

9


After its suspension during the period from 1956 to 1966, the legal system got literally<br />

destroyed with the so-called “Cultural Revolution”. <strong>The</strong> country was in a complete chaos, law<br />

was abolished and the legal apparatus, which was already inert, was completely smashed.<br />

After the “Cultural Revolution”, <strong>China</strong> began to engage in unprecedented legal<br />

reconstruction. Law was regarded as the most efficient and institutionalised means to<br />

safeguard people’s democracy, to prevent sudden social changes and to maintain the sustained<br />

economic development of the country. In the economic field, the policy of structural reform<br />

and opening up to the outside world has been introduced and implemented; the rigid planned<br />

economy has been abandoned in favour of a “Socialist Market Economy”. Corresponding to<br />

such a social scenario, the legal system has been redesigned for the purpose of implementing,<br />

institutionalising and strengthening the reform enterprise. <strong>The</strong> main achievements of the legal<br />

reconstruction include the following:<br />

<strong>The</strong> ideological change has to a great extent changed the popular view towards law. Chinese<br />

government and its population have become aware of the importance of law.<br />

Since 1979, <strong>China</strong> has embarked on a large-scale legislative endeavour with 3 new<br />

constitutions, more than 200 new laws and 80 decisions of the National People’s Congress;<br />

more than 700 administrative regulations of the State Council and its ministries, commissions<br />

and other branches; about 3,000 local regulations, and more than 10,000 local administrative<br />

rules of the local governments and their agencies.<br />

Throughout the country, a legal structure has been established, including the system of the<br />

people’s courts, the system of the people’s procuratorates and various governmental law<br />

enforcement organs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal profession has reappeared.<br />

Despite these achievements, some negative aspects of the systems could not be overridden.<br />

Severe problems due to profound contradictions and structural problems still need to be<br />

solved.<br />

2.2.2 Governmental structure<br />

<strong>The</strong> structure of the Chinese government exercises a great influence on the operating legal<br />

system. As a socialist country, <strong>China</strong>’s political structure is established on the system of<br />

pe ople’s congresses which are responsible for creating and supervising the administrative and<br />

judicial organs at all levels. Since the PRC adopts the unitary system and the principle of<br />

10


democratic centralism, all governmental organs function under the unified leadership of the<br />

central authorities, in line with the delegated powers. <strong>The</strong> following five levels can be<br />

distinguished in the governmental structure of the PRC:<br />

• the central level;<br />

• the provincial level;<br />

• the prefectural level;<br />

• the county and city level;<br />

• the township and village level.<br />

<strong>The</strong> people’s congresses enjoy exclusive state power at each of the above mentioned five<br />

le vels. Directly below the respective congresses, there exist three branches: the governmental<br />

branch, the judicial branch and the procuratorial branch. <strong>The</strong> same pattern of structure can in<br />

principle be observed at each level of the governmental structure.<br />

However, it cannot be overlooked that beside the formal structure of the state organs, the<br />

Communist Party, as the leading and only political party possessing state power, has the<br />

decisive role in making, applying and reforming legal rules. <strong>The</strong>refore, the comprehension<br />

and interpretation of law needs to follow the Party’s policy and instructions.<br />

2.2.3 Legal structure<br />

As stated above, the legal structure closely relates to the governmental structure of the PRC.<br />

<strong>The</strong> National People’s Congress (hereafter the NPC) as the highest state organ has the unitary<br />

legislative power over the entire nation, and it delegates certain legislative powers to people’s<br />

congresses at lower levels and the central and local governments.<br />

On the top of the legal structure is the Constitution, the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>. 6 <strong>The</strong><br />

Constitution in force was enacted in 1982 and was revised respectively in 1988 and 1993,<br />

resulting in 11 amendments. Although the Constitution is the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>, it cannot<br />

be quoted in judicial verdicts and administrative decisions as direct legal ground for solving<br />

concrete disputes and problems. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is out of reach for the daily legal practice and<br />

operation. <strong>The</strong> second level of law are the legal documents promulgated by the NPC,<br />

6 An English translation of the Constitution of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />

http://www.qis.net/chinalaw /prccon5.htm.<br />

11


including laws, decisions and ratified international treaties. 7 <strong>The</strong> third level are the documents<br />

enacted by the Standing Committee of the NPC. As a consequence of the NPC’s meetings<br />

held only once a year, the Standing Committee in practice represents the most important<br />

organ for the creation of new laws. <strong>The</strong> forth level comprises the legal documents made by<br />

the State Council (administrative regulations) and the documents issued by its ministries,<br />

commissions and departments (administrative rules).<br />

<strong>The</strong> above four levels of the legal structure are in a way easy to understand and easy to track.<br />

When it comes to the legal documents of the lower levels of <strong>China</strong>’s governmental structure,<br />

there exists a practically insurmountable flood of rules and regulations.<br />

A very special part in the Chinese legal struc ture play the documents in relation with the “One<br />

country-Two Systems” policy of the PRC. This set of laws deals with the reunification of<br />

mainland <strong>China</strong> with Hong Kong and Macau. Thus when realising this reunification, the PRC<br />

may, according to Article 31 of the Constitution, establish special administrative regions to<br />

retain the capitalist systems in these regions. Additionally, the legal system of these special<br />

administrative regions may be safeguarded. <strong>The</strong>refore, the NPC on April 04, 1990 adopted the<br />

Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and decided to establish this<br />

special administrative region on July 01, 1997 when <strong>China</strong> resumed its sovereignty over Hong<br />

Kong. And on March 31, 1993 it adopted the Basic Law of the Macau Special Administrative<br />

Region and decided to establish this special administrative region on December 20, 1999<br />

when <strong>China</strong> will resume its sovereignty over Macau. 8 As regards the separation of powers<br />

between the central authorities and the special administrative regions, the powers and<br />

functions enjoyed by the central authorities are strictly limited to those required for the<br />

protection of the national sovereignty and reunification of the motherland.<br />

2.2.4 Judicial Structure<br />

As already explained above, the judicial structure in <strong>China</strong> not only refers to courts, but also<br />

to procuratorates. <strong>The</strong> presidents of courts and procurator -generals are appointed by the<br />

pe ople’s congresses on the same levels, whereas the judges and procurators are appointed by<br />

the standing committees of the respective people’s congresses.<br />

7 A list of multinational treaties applicable to <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />

http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/treat1.htm.<br />

8 Legal documents relating to the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau may be<br />

found under: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/lawtran1.htm.<br />

12


<strong>The</strong> courts are the state organs exercising exclusive state adjudicatory power. Higher level<br />

courts supervise the work of the lower courts, and the courts at various levels are responsible<br />

to the respective people’s congresse s that created them. <strong>The</strong> courts have four levels, namely<br />

the Supreme People’s Court at the national level, high courts at provincial level, intermediate<br />

courts at prefectural level and basic courts at county and city level, respectively. <strong>The</strong><br />

procuratorates are the organs for legal supervision. Within the structure of the procuratorates,<br />

higher level proc uratorates direct the work of those at lower levels. <strong>The</strong> procuratorial organs<br />

at various levels are responsible to both the corresponding people’s congresses which created<br />

them and pe ople’s procuratorates at higher levels.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trial process is greatly influenced by the civil law jurisdiction in which the judge is the<br />

dominant party conducting a trail. In principle, each case has at the most two trails, which<br />

means that the right to appeal is limited. However, the parties may challenge a final decision<br />

through a trial supervision procedure.<br />

According to law, courts are to exercise their power independently and free from interference<br />

from any organisations or individuals. However, there exist in practice all sorts of interfe rence<br />

from inside and outside sources. Whereas interference from inside sources are known to<br />

Western systems as well, interference from outside sources do create a certain unease among<br />

Westerners. Protectionism between judges and the respective appointing bodies is still quite<br />

frequent in contemporary <strong>China</strong>. Very often judgements are entered under pressure from local<br />

governments and other organisations to bend justice for local interests or economy. Also in<br />

some places, taking gifts from parties to a litigation is not an uncommon practice. 9<br />

<strong>The</strong> above problems as regards the judicial independence are a lesser issue for foreigners than<br />

for <strong>China</strong> itself. <strong>The</strong> so-called Two-track System is a feature in Chinese law that treats foreign<br />

business concerns differently from domestic ones. In different aspects, such as taxation,<br />

foreign exchange, but especially in dispute settlement, foreign firms, as an incentive to<br />

investment in <strong>China</strong>, are accorded different, and in general more favourable, treatment than<br />

domestic firms. 10 According to this Two-track System, the principal institution for the<br />

resolution of disputes involving foreign firms is the <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade<br />

Arbitration Commission. It serves in all arbitration cases in which a foreign person, legal or<br />

9 This problem has been addressed by a new law lately, the actual results however are yet to be seen.<br />

10 From <strong>China</strong>’s point of view, this system appears to be a necessary stop-gap measure in the<br />

evolution of its economic and social reform. It was obvious that the general reform of the Chinese legal<br />

system would take time. But the special need for foreign investment law could not wait. <strong>The</strong>refore,<br />

<strong>China</strong> had to start with the latter first, while at the same time beginning to build a body of domestic law.<br />

13


natural, is involved, or even where no foreign person is involved if the case has to do with<br />

international economic activities. <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade Arbitration<br />

Com mission is prominent in <strong>China</strong>’s legal system because of its recognised independence<br />

from political control, its adherence to transparent and internationally endorsed arbitration<br />

procedures, and its reputation for fairness. 11<br />

2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system<br />

Despite the fact that the Chinese government has made tremendous efforts to built up a legal<br />

system meeting international standards, many problems still need to be solved.<br />

In contemporary <strong>China</strong> a big gap exists between the law on paper and the law in practice.<br />

Notwithstanding the large number of laws and regulations enacted since 1979, the<br />

implementation of law remains a major challenge to the nascent legal system. Official <strong>China</strong><br />

starts to realise that the implementation of law shall be the major task for the next stage of the<br />

legal development in the PRC. In addition to this, the concepts of supremacy of law and the<br />

rule of law are still not entirely accepted by governmental officials. <strong>The</strong> crucial issue here is<br />

whether the government and the CPC are subject to law, or whether law is merely an<br />

instrument in governing the country.<br />

Another big issue in discussion is the transparency and accessibility of laws and regulations in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Lawyers working with foreign clients often point out that it is difficult to get access to<br />

the content of laws and regulations that apply to business operations. <strong>The</strong> dissemination of<br />

legal information in <strong>China</strong> is so underdeveloped, so unsystematic that it is often difficult<br />

simply to find the applicable law. Even when the relevant rule can be found, provisions are<br />

often so broad and sketchy that it is difficult to be certain of a correct interpretation. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

also no systematic compilation of court decisions that would aid in the interpretation of<br />

statutes and regulations. In addition to that, there is the vexing problem of the internal agency<br />

rules. <strong>The</strong>se rules are not published and therefore inaccessible to outsiders. This is even more<br />

irritating because the internal rules are frequently the real rules under which the respective<br />

state organs operate.<br />

Law enforcement not only requires the formal establishment of courts and procuratorates. <strong>The</strong><br />

four levels of courts explained above, the Supreme People’s Court, twenty-nine high courts,<br />

11 In contrast, Chinese domestic arbitration cases are handled by the Industrial and Commercial<br />

Arbitration Commission, under the Bureau of Industry and Commerce, which is itself under the<br />

14


more than three hundred intermedia te courts and more than three thousand basic courts, are in<br />

desperate search for qualified staff. Even now, after years of growth, law school graduates can<br />

fill only a fraction of the court system’s needs.<br />

2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal framework for foreign investments in <strong>China</strong> is founded on three laws, which are the<br />

Chinese-Foreign Joint Equity <strong>Venture</strong>s Law, 12 the Chinese -Foreign Joint Co-operative<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s Law 13 and the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises Law. 14 Since the enactment of the<br />

Company Law in 1994, an investor appears to have the option to establish a limited liability<br />

company either under the three laws on foreign-invested enterprises or under the Company<br />

Law. 15<br />

In addition to these national laws, regulations and rules on a national level as well as on lower<br />

levels should not be ignored. Furthermore, the policy on foreign investment is an important<br />

part of the legal framework for foreign investment in <strong>China</strong>. An investor should pay careful<br />

attention to the governing policy which may affect a particular investment project from time<br />

to time.<br />

It is important to note that foreign investment projects in <strong>China</strong> need to be approved by the<br />

respective state organs before they can be realised. <strong>The</strong>re used to be considerably different<br />

standards for approving such projects in different areas or regions. Since 1995, when the State<br />

Planning Commission, the State Economic and Trade Commission and the Ministry of<br />

Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation issued the Provisional Guidelines for Foreign<br />

Investment, the situation improved. According to these Guidelines, investment projects are<br />

divided into four categories: foreign investment projects are encouraged, permitted, restricted<br />

or prohibited, as the case may be. <strong>The</strong> encouraged, restricted and prohibited areas are<br />

specified in a list attached to the Guidelines. <strong>The</strong> projects falling outside the specified<br />

categories are pe rmitted. Projects of this latter category are allowed with neither preferential<br />

treatment nor restriction, compared with domestic projects.<br />

supervision of the Ge neral Administration of Industry and Commerce. <strong>The</strong> transparency and fairness<br />

in domestic arbitration cases is still far behind the respective standards on the international level.<br />

12 For the setting up of an equity joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setejv1.htm.<br />

13 For the setting up of a co-operative joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setcjv1.htm.<br />

14 For the setting up of wholly foreign owned enterprise see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setfoe1.htm.<br />

15 See below the short overview of the Company Law.<br />

15


2.2.7 Contract law<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese contract law system is divided into civil contracts and economic contracts; the<br />

former being split up into standard civil contracts and contracts relating to technology in the<br />

widest sense of the word (technology contracts), the latter being split up into domestic<br />

economic contracts and foreign economic contracts. 16 <strong>The</strong> following overview is limited to<br />

some comments with respect to the Foreign Economic Contract Law (hereafter the FECL),<br />

the most applicable source of law for foreign enterprises entering the Chinese Market.<br />

<strong>The</strong> FECL was promulgated on March 21, 1985 and became effective on July 1 of the same<br />

year. 17 <strong>The</strong> FECL covers all foreign commercial activities in <strong>China</strong> ranging from finance and<br />

trade to service and investment. It applies to all economic contracts between Chinese and<br />

foreigners, including the sale of goods, equity joint venture contracts, co-operative joint<br />

venture contracts, contracts for co-operative exploration, loan contracts, lease of property<br />

contracts, contracts for technology transfer, processing and labour contracts etc.<br />

According to the FECL, foreign economic contracts are contracts between enterprises,<br />

economic organisations or individuals of Hong Kong, Macau or a foreign country and<br />

Chinese enterprises. <strong>The</strong> FECL also applies where both parties to a foreign economic contract<br />

are foreign and the contract is either made or performed in <strong>China</strong>. 18<br />

<strong>The</strong> FECL does not apply to contracts between Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-<br />

operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Chinese enterprises or<br />

individuals. In such cases the domestic economic contract law applies due to the fact that<br />

Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned<br />

enterprises are established as Chinese legal persons.<br />

According to Article 6 FECL, where Chinese laws are in conflict with international treaties, to<br />

which <strong>China</strong> is a signatory, the international treaty shall apply, except for provisions on which<br />

<strong>China</strong> has declared reservation. 19<br />

16 A big step forward in the legislative history of Chinese contract law is currently under preparation<br />

with the creation of a uniform contract law applying to all types on contracts and specific principles for<br />

individual contracts.<br />

17 On December 11, 1986, <strong>China</strong> ratified the 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />

International Sale of Goods becoming effective on January 01, 1988.<br />

18 <strong>The</strong> FECL defines parties form Hong Kong or Macau as being foreign.<br />

19 <strong>China</strong> has declared reservation to Article 11 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />

International Sale of Goods which states that contracts need not to be in writing. <strong>The</strong>refore and<br />

according to the FECL, all foreign economic contract need to be in writing.<br />

16


2.2.8 Company Law<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s first nation-wide Company law was promulgated on December 29, 1993 and became<br />

effective on July 1, 1994. Until that date, the only legal way in which a foreign registered<br />

company could establish its presence in <strong>China</strong> was the establishment of a representative<br />

office. A representative office is not allowed to carry on business, except for the activities<br />

involving liaison functions, exhibition, market research and exchange of information. <strong>The</strong><br />

representative office may have access to basic facilities and privileges, such as the right of<br />

residence, banking services and the right to import means of transport, which are essential for<br />

its daily operations. <strong>The</strong>re exist detailed rules as regards the procedure and requirements for<br />

the registration, renewal, change and termination of representative offices in <strong>China</strong>. 20<br />

<strong>The</strong> Company Law now foresees the possibility for a foreign company to carry on business in<br />

<strong>China</strong> without the foundation of a Chinese legal person. Article 199 provides that a foreign<br />

company may establish branches in <strong>China</strong> to undertake production and operational activities.<br />

This enables foreign companies to undertake business activities in <strong>China</strong> in their own name<br />

without the cost and delay of establishing a joint venture or a wholly foreign ow ned<br />

enterprise. Even though a foreign branch office is not a Chinese legal person, it is nevertheless<br />

subject to Chinese law and has to comply with all relevant rules and regulations. 21<br />

As stated above, a foreign investor appears to have the option to set up a limited liability<br />

company under either the Company Law or the laws on foreign-invested enterprises. One of<br />

the reasons affecting the respective decision is that a company under the laws on foreign-<br />

invested enterprises receives certain benefits and privileges which are theoretically<br />

unavailable to a company established under the Company Law. According to a widely spread<br />

interpretation of Article 18 of the Company Law however, a foreign-invested company<br />

established under the Company Law should be eligible to the benefits and privileges to it as if<br />

it had been formed under the relevant law on foreign investment.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Company Law provides for two kinds of companies: a limited liability company and a<br />

company limited by shares. <strong>The</strong> liability of both types of companies is limited, which means<br />

each shareholder in such a company assumes liability toward the company to the extent of the<br />

amount of shares held by him, but the company shall be liable for its debts to the extent of all<br />

20 For the setting up of a representative office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setrep1.htm.<br />

21 For the setting up of a branch office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setbrof1.htm.<br />

17


its assets. <strong>The</strong> regulations with respect to the formation, the governance structure and<br />

dissolution of companies follows civil law tradition.<br />

2.2.9 Conclusion<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has been developing rapidly since the start of its reform. As<br />

discussed in this paper it cannot be denied that the system is still full of contradictions and<br />

problems. However, it is also true to say that <strong>China</strong> has achieved a lot in many respects over a<br />

relatively short period of time. <strong>The</strong> most important factor is that the Chinese legal system has<br />

embarked on the right path according to international sta ndards.<br />

In general, the legal system in <strong>China</strong> is still in a state of flux. <strong>The</strong>refore, Readers are<br />

encouraged to frequently check new laws and regulations and their amendments to ensure the<br />

accuracy of the legal posit ion on a particular issue of Chinese law. <strong>The</strong> following websites are<br />

highly recommendable for this purpose: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw and<br />

http://www.chinatoday.com/law .<br />

Reading Dr. Loretan’s exposition on the Chinese legal system helped Paul to appreciate the<br />

legal difficulties he felt in <strong>China</strong> while trying to take over the running of the <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has to be understood within the context of Chinese history, culture<br />

and society. <strong>The</strong> process of thinking through the business has been extremely difficult for<br />

Paul. <strong>The</strong>re are so many things not spelled out in legal terms even though the responsibilities<br />

and obligations of all parties involved are clear. For example: What if a party did not carry out<br />

its obligations? <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no legal redress. This is troubling, even frightening. Yet to<br />

Mr. Zheng, this was never a problem. “We can trust them”, he would always say.<br />

Paul realised that the Chinese legal system is based on a culture and history quite different<br />

from that of his home country. Indeed, the new western based laws which have been<br />

introduced are probably not part of existing social order which defines a set of mutually<br />

acceptable rights and obligations for all parties. This mutuality is often assumed. Some of<br />

them may be spelled out to ensure clarity for all but certainly not for the purpose of legal<br />

enforcement. In other words, the working out of agreements is the result of social cohesion<br />

and mutual understanding among parties involved, and not the result of legal enforcement.<br />

18


Things seem have to become a lot clearer and explicable. <strong>The</strong>re is clearly much more to learn<br />

and understand about <strong>China</strong> and the <strong>China</strong> venture...<br />

<strong>The</strong> next paper focus on Business Financing in <strong>China</strong>. Cinderella Freiin von Dungern, now a<br />

doctoral candidate working on <strong>China</strong>, wrote:<br />

2.3 Business Finance in <strong>China</strong> (by Cinderella Freiin von Dungern)<br />

For investing in the Asian countries, the range of financing services is of significant<br />

importance. Due to the enormous economic growth and increasing welfare in this region, the<br />

efficient allocation of capital becomes an essential issue for further economic development.<br />

<strong>The</strong> importance of the financial sector in facilitating the transfer of resources from savers to<br />

investors is widely acknowledged. Efficient financial systems facilitate better mobilisation<br />

and use of resources, which accelerates the process of economic growth. 22<br />

<strong>The</strong> emergence of new markets in Asia, South America and Eastern Europe as well as the<br />

development of new free trade zones and economic areas have enlarged the arena not only for<br />

investments and products but also for client acquisition. Furthermore, the deregulation and<br />

liberalisation of financial markets have speedily led to the rapid internationalisation of<br />

business. On the supply side the disintermediation of financial and capital markets has created<br />

numerous new products, and strategies to capture and serve new clients are emerging. At the<br />

same time, the demand side is undergoing structural changes, primarily induced by clients<br />

becoming more sophisticated. 23<br />

<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter „<strong>China</strong>“), with the highest population in the world,<br />

has the potential to become the biggest economy in the next century. Investing in <strong>China</strong> does<br />

not only depend on the stability of the legal system and on the openness of the market, but<br />

also on the financial stability and transparency. <strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia put the focus on<br />

the importance of further financial reforms. But due to the reticularly structured Asian<br />

economies, the potential spill-over-effects seriously interfere with efficient reforms. <strong>The</strong> big<br />

discrepancies between theory and reality became quite obvious.<br />

In spite of the financial crisis in Asia, foreign direct investment (FDI) continues to pour into<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> proportion of investments made by US and Europe-based multinationals is<br />

increasing, while the nature of the investment deals being struck is beginning to mature. <strong>The</strong><br />

22 Zahid, 1995 b.<br />

23 Ehlern, 1997, p. 3.<br />

19


ways in which deals are being packaged are becoming increasingly sophisticated. <strong>The</strong> FDI<br />

deals have become adept at building an appropriate edifice that best suits the goals of the<br />

inbound foreign investor. <strong>The</strong> increasing sophistication of the Merger and Acquisition (M&A)<br />

process therefore is mirroring an increasingly sophisticated investment environment. 24<br />

Joint ventures in <strong>China</strong> are challenging at the best of times. With the turmoil in Asian equity<br />

and currency markets the challenges will intensify. Besides selecting a local partner and<br />

agreeing to the basic focus of a joint venture, the greatest challenge is to create a financial<br />

structure that is both possible and will minimise risk. Many new investors in <strong>China</strong><br />

underestimate the financial needs of a new joint venture. Frequently they do not take into<br />

account the long payment delays required to collect accounts receivable or the slowness in the<br />

bank payment system. Often their customers may themselves need long-term financing.<br />

This paper explains the main issues concerning business finance in <strong>China</strong>. This means first of<br />

all, the analysis of general financial conditions for foreign direct investments in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the next part looks at the financial sector development and its main institutions. It<br />

also examines legal restrictions for banking in general and instruments of financial control in<br />

particular. <strong>The</strong> third part describes the single financial markets, which include the capital and<br />

money markets in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> fourth part provides the reader with potential instruments and<br />

means of financial management. From a theoretical point-of -view, these instruments do not<br />

differ from the ones, used in the Western hemisphere. But, as many things are special in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, this part points out the most important characteristics. <strong>The</strong> last part sums up the main<br />

results and finally, draws a conclusion.<br />

2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments<br />

<strong>The</strong> role and function of the financial sector in fostering growth has been a matter of debate<br />

and concern for many years. While most analysts and policymakers will agree that a well<br />

func tioning and efficient financial system can help promote economic development, there<br />

continue to be disagreements about the ownership pattern and institutional structure of the<br />

financial sector in most economies. In order to get a fundamental knowledge of financing<br />

facilities, this part explains the basic features of <strong>China</strong>’s financial system.<br />

24 <strong>China</strong> Business Review, August 13, 1998.<br />

20


2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong><br />

In 1949, all banks were expropriated and merged into a monobank system. <strong>The</strong> monobank,<br />

named <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC), had an administrative function within the<br />

centrally planned economy, funnelling budgetary funds to the agricultural and industrial<br />

sectors and acting as a book-keeper. It served the function of retail bank, wholesale bank and<br />

central bank concurrently. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has undergone a number of fundamental changes in the<br />

reform years, leading to a total restructuring of <strong>China</strong>’s banking landscape.<br />

Before 1978, the financial system was largely irrelevant to the country’s macroeconomic<br />

performance. <strong>The</strong> overall paradigm of financial sector reform changed from a moderate to a<br />

more radical stance during four phases of reform beginning in the late 1970s. In the first<br />

phase, from 1979 to 1983, the scope of financial reform was limited to changes in the<br />

structure and operation of the state banking system. At the macro-level, financial institutions<br />

had to be adapted to fulfil the role of the financial intermediaries. On the one hand, the<br />

decentralisation of financial resources into the hands of households led to an explosion in<br />

their saving deposits. On the other hand, bank credit replaced the state budget as the main<br />

source of investment finance. At the micro-level, banks had to start including profitability<br />

among the objectives of their operations. <strong>The</strong>y began to learn to be more selective in granting<br />

loans to enterprises, and to monitor the performance of the latter in order to contribute to<br />

some timid hardening of their budget constraint. In addition, some non-bank financial<br />

institutions (NBFIs) started to develop. 25<br />

<strong>The</strong> second phase, from 1984 through 1988, was the real start of financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong><br />

rationing of capital in line with the physical plan was abandoned, specialised banks emerged<br />

from the former unified state bank to become the pillars of the new financial system, and new<br />

NBFIs were created. <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) started to lose some of its powers,<br />

becoming solely the central bank in charge of enforcing a direct monetary policy within a<br />

system of directed capital.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third phase, from 1988 through 1992, was characterised by the experimental nature of<br />

financial-sector reforms. Within the context of a slowdown in reform, caused by the<br />

authorities’ exclusive focus on controlling inflationary pressures, most reforms were limited<br />

in scope, continuously reviewed and sometimes reversed. <strong>The</strong> authorities faced the dilemma<br />

25 Girardin, 1997, pp. 21.<br />

21


of re-establishing macroeconomic stability under the pressure of increasing demand for<br />

capital. This period also included allowing new financial intermediaries to emerge.<br />

<strong>The</strong> period starting in 1993 contrasts with the previous one since an attempt at<br />

macroeconomic stabilisation was this time accompanied by an acceleration in the pace of<br />

financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong> reforms include the adoption of a new law for the central bank<br />

and for commercial banks stemming from the former specialised banks, and the transfer of<br />

policy lending from the specialised banks to new policy banks.<br />

As a result of the different phases of reform, the system is now characterised by the co-<br />

existence of two components. <strong>The</strong> main one, made up of specialised banks, is still under the<br />

control of the government. <strong>The</strong> second component is made up of financial intermediaries,<br />

which either are subject to little control by the authorities or manage to side step existing<br />

regulations. 26<br />

In general, the influence of <strong>China</strong>’s political system on the financial system is very high, like<br />

in any other mostly state-controlled business sector. <strong>The</strong> dominance of the state prevents the<br />

capital market from its important functions to mobilise and realise capital as well as allocating<br />

financial resources from investors to productive and efficient investments. <strong>The</strong> essential<br />

transparency of the capital market gets lost if the influence of the state is too high. On the<br />

other side, it is hardly possible to keep up a high level of stability without the interventions of<br />

the state, as it could be seen at the actual Asian crisis. <strong>China</strong> needs further reforms of its<br />

financial system, but as everywhere in the economy right now, the government has to face the<br />

dilemma between the necessarily deregulation and liberalisation on the one hand, and<br />

increasing instability and lack of control on the other hand. 27<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese government has the ambition to promote Shanghai to become one of the top<br />

international financial centres competing with New York, Tokyo, London and Hong Kong<br />

etc. in the future. Pudong New Area is becoming the most intensive financial centre of<br />

Shanghai with banks and financial institutions, where also international banks can get the<br />

licence for RMB-business, and where the new building of Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />

(SSE) is situated. <strong>The</strong> financial reform extended the only investment possibility, the FDIs, to<br />

several forms of indirect investment opportunities, like credits and loans, stocks and<br />

26 Girardin, 1997, pp. 22.<br />

27 Further research-work and more into detail information about the financial system in <strong>China</strong> can be<br />

gained from Schröder, 1994; Schüller, 1995; Reif, 1995; Liu, 1996; Tam, 1995; Zahid, 1995a and Cao,<br />

1995.<br />

22


securities, trading, initial public offerings as well as usual emissions even on international<br />

capital markets etc. <strong>The</strong> other securities exchange is located in Shenzhen. But there is still a<br />

long way to go. For example, the full convertibility of RMB, which is a fundamental<br />

requirement for an efficient financial system, has been under discussion for a very long time.<br />

Another barrier to become an international financial centre is the very strong regulated<br />

financial market as can be seen in the following.<br />

In March 1998, the new premier Zhu Rongji, outlined an ambitious reform programme and<br />

promised five years of rapid change. <strong>The</strong> financial sector reform is one of the three main<br />

objectives which should be achieved by the end of the century. <strong>The</strong> financial system must be<br />

overhauled, improving the supervisory and regulatory functions of the PBOC and making<br />

state banks operate as independent, commercial entities. <strong>The</strong> investment system has to be<br />

changed from a system mainly controlled administratively to one run on market principles.<br />

<strong>The</strong> full convertibility of the Yuan depends on when the ability of the central bank to<br />

supervise and regulate the economy met international standards. 28<br />

2.3.1.2 Financial institutions<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial institutions can be roughly divided into a bank and a non-bank sector. Figure 2<br />

gives an overview of the broad structure of the financial system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next figure<br />

shows a more precise structure of the banking system itself.<br />

Since 1983, the People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) has been declared by the State Council as<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s central bank. It has established branches at provincial level, secondary branches at<br />

prefecture level and in medium-sized cities and sub-branches at county level. <strong>The</strong> decision-<br />

making body of the PBOC is its board of directors 29 . In 1993, it was transferred into a kind of<br />

Chinese Federal Reserve. At the National People’s Congress in March 1995, a very bold<br />

attempt was made to separate the PBOC from the executive arm of the government, thus<br />

removing it from the political influence of the Communist Party through the issuance of the<br />

central bank law.<br />

One of the special character of the Chinese banking system is the distinguishment between<br />

policy banks and commercial banks. Apart from the central bank, responsible for monetary<br />

policy and supervision of the financial system, the banking system in the mid-1990s is<br />

28 See South <strong>China</strong> Morning Post, March 3,1998.<br />

29 Hannan, 1995, p. 50.<br />

23


composed of, on the one hand, huge state commercial banks and on the other hand, new<br />

policy banks. <strong>The</strong> commercial banks split up in a group of specialised banks for separate<br />

sectors of the economy and a group of smaller commercial banks with either regional or<br />

nation-wide coverage, most of them established in the late 1980s. At the edge is a strong and<br />

growing competitive fringe of NBFIs that has emerged as a force in recent years. <strong>The</strong>re is also<br />

an expanding presence of foreign financial institutions in form of representative and branch<br />

offices.<br />

Policy<br />

Banks<br />

Foreign<br />

Banks<br />

State Council<br />

Central Bank<br />

Banks Non-bank Financial<br />

Financial<br />

Institutions<br />

Market<br />

Commercial<br />

Banks<br />

• state<br />

banks<br />

- state-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

• private<br />

banks<br />

Credit<br />

Cooperatives<br />

• rural<br />

•urban<br />

Trust and Investment<br />

Corporations<br />

Finance<br />

Companies<br />

Leasing<br />

Companies<br />

Insurance<br />

Companies<br />

FIGURE 2-2: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s Financial Sector 30<br />

Interbankmark<br />

et<br />

Forexmarke<br />

t<br />

Stock<br />

Exchange<br />

OTC Market<br />

Securities<br />

Houses<br />

• investment<br />

•<br />

Rating<br />

agencies<br />

Completing the financial system are two securities exchanges, 17 regional securities trading<br />

centres, two electronic securities networks (STAQS and NETS) and a large number of diverse<br />

ancillary capital market institutions including brokers, dealers and underwriters. Current<br />

financial markets in <strong>China</strong> include: Stock markets, bond markets, foreign exchange market,<br />

interbank money market and a short -term debt securities market. In Chinese terminology, the<br />

division between capital and money market is less distinct (For a detailed description of the<br />

single markets within the financial system in <strong>China</strong> also see above). <strong>The</strong>se markets are all<br />

30 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer<br />

1997, p. 1108.<br />

24


underdeveloped compared with markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />

play an important role, at least in the allocation of funds between banks and non-bank<br />

financial institutions.<br />

Domestic banks<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial turmoil made clear that the modernisation of the antiquated banking system<br />

needed to become a national priority. <strong>The</strong> banks in the mainland face huge non-performing<br />

loans, flimsy capitalisation and declining profits. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has initiated reform measures<br />

since the beginning of the decade that have strengthened its own supervisory capabilities,<br />

while reducing the use of policy lending and introducing domestic institutions to international<br />

standards they will need to reach once the financial system is fully opened to multinational<br />

financial players. <strong>The</strong> PBOC, too, is being overhauled. <strong>The</strong> central bank is developing a<br />

structure that resembles the United States Federal Reserve.<br />

A range of new banks outside the „Big Four“ have made noticeable inroads into the<br />

mainland’s banking system in recent years. <strong>The</strong> impact of these new players is difficult to<br />

measure as statistics do not segregate categories of players adequately.<br />

Central Bank<br />

(PBOC)<br />

Policy Banks State Commercial Private Commercial Foreign Banks<br />

Banks<br />

Banks<br />

State Development<br />

Bank (SDB)<br />

Ex- & Importbank<br />

of <strong>China</strong> (EIB)<br />

Agricultural<br />

Development Bank<br />

of <strong>China</strong> (ADB)<br />

Specialised<br />

Banks<br />

BOC<br />

ABC<br />

CCB<br />

ICBC<br />

Universal<br />

Banks<br />

(nationwide)<br />

BOCOM<br />

CITICIB<br />

EBC, CIB<br />

CMB, HXB<br />

Regional<br />

Banks<br />

GDB<br />

ShDB<br />

PDB<br />

HDB<br />

FIB etc.<br />

FIGURE 2-3: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s banking sector 31<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Minsheng<br />

Bank<br />

100% WFOE<br />

Branch<br />

Repr.-Office<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

31 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer,<br />

1997, p. 1108.<br />

25


However, the characteristics of the mainland’s banking system have changed rapidly in only<br />

five years. Nevertheless, it is essential not to leave out a basic overview of the structure of the<br />

banking system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>refore Figure 2-3 shows the system as it is structured until now.<br />

At the beginning of the economic reform in the early eighties four specialised banks have<br />

been established: Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ICBC), Bank of <strong>China</strong> (BOC),<br />

<strong>China</strong> Construction Bank (CCB, before March 26, 1996, it was called „People’s Construction<br />

Bank of <strong>China</strong>“) and Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ABC). <strong>The</strong>ir major task is to grant policy<br />

loans to the state -owned enterprises (SOEs) of a specific economic sector. <strong>The</strong> areas of the<br />

four specialised banks provides an overview of their areas of specialty.<br />

Establishment Head office Specialised areas<br />

ICBC 1984 Beijing Handling industrial and commercial credits,<br />

loans and savings deposits<br />

BOC Originally in 1912 Shanghai since Handling foreign exchange and foreign<br />

1994<br />

trade<br />

CCB 1980s Beijing Lending long term financing for construction<br />

projects across the industries<br />

ABC 1980s Beijing Handling rural financial business<br />

TABLE 2-1: <strong>The</strong> areas of the four specialised banks 32<br />

In order to ease the financing pressure on the commercial banks and allow increased<br />

transparency and accountability in lending for large state-sponsored projects, three policy<br />

banks have been established in the middle of 1990s: <strong>The</strong> State Development Bank, the<br />

Agricultural Development Bank and the Ex- and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong> 33 . <strong>The</strong>y particularly<br />

provide long-term financing of important state projects. Nine banks, led by the Bank of<br />

Communications (Bocom), formed commercial banks, as the separation of the central and<br />

commercial banking functions began in 1987. <strong>The</strong> Bocom, which was founded in 1908, has<br />

its headquarter in Shanghai. Its branch in Hong Kong is one of the ten biggest banks there. It’s<br />

also the first bank in <strong>China</strong> in form of corporation with 50% state share of its registered<br />

capital. <strong>The</strong> other important commercial banks set up during this period include CITIC<br />

Industrial Bank, <strong>China</strong> Everbright Bank, <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank and <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />

as well as some regional development banks like Pudong Development Bank in Shanghai.<br />

Nearly all large Chinese banks are located in Shanghai. Private commercial banks are not<br />

typical for <strong>China</strong> until now, but the increasing emergence of such banks is quite obvious for<br />

the next future. <strong>China</strong> Minsheng Banking Corp. was <strong>China</strong>’s first privately owned bank,<br />

32 Source: Hannan, 1995, p. 51-52.<br />

33 Islam/Chowdhury, 1997, p. 279.<br />

26


established in January 1996 by 59 private companies. Minsheng is carving out a niche in<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s growing private sector, a customer base long neglected by the larger state owned<br />

banks. It may be <strong>China</strong>’s smallest national commercial bank, a minnow compared to the state-<br />

owned giants of <strong>China</strong>’s banking industry, but its aspirations are big. 34<br />

<strong>The</strong> most important domestic competitors are the four state-owned specialised banks, which<br />

together have about 120’000 branches in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> ICBC, for example, is the biggest of<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s big four state banks in terms of assets and employees. ICBC still allocates 70% of its<br />

loans to state firms. 35 <strong>The</strong> Bocom and the specialised banks are highly affected by the<br />

government policy granting loans to SOEs among the state -owned banks. <strong>China</strong>’s state banks<br />

are being undermined by the sheer scale of non-performing loans, although the conversion of<br />

central bank loans into equity would improve capital adequacy ratios and could be the first<br />

substantive step towards restructuring the sector. <strong>The</strong> increasing number of new banks pushed<br />

the existing specialised banks to further reforms in transforming themselves into market-<br />

oriented commercial banks, which try to be more flexible and customer focussed. Service at<br />

Chinese banks is getting better, but is still very poor. Nevertheless, since all business in <strong>China</strong><br />

requires to be conducted in RMB, it’s wise to let financial transaction done by domestic<br />

banks. <strong>The</strong> Shanghai government has directed local banks to favour loans to priority<br />

infrastructure projects, and all fixed-asset loans by <strong>China</strong>’s banks have been under the control<br />

of the central government since January 1994. This makes them not very reliable as a source<br />

for operating credits for either foreign or Chinese firms.<br />

Priority in the reforms, will be given to recapitalising the big four state-owned banks, while<br />

some smaller banks will be allowed to fail. This became clear as the Hainan Development<br />

Bank went bankrupt. Losses from its closure were covered by the authorities, but this may not<br />

be the case once closures and bankruptcies gain pace.<br />

Foreign Banks<br />

<strong>The</strong> restrictive regulatory environment, most notably the ban on RMB business, has<br />

discouraged and prohibited foreign banks from playing a prominent role in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />

banks have historically not been allowed to open RMB accounts for customers, but they have<br />

been permitted to open foreign currency accounts for FIEs in Special Economic Zones. 36<br />

Nevertheless, by the end of 1995, 120 branches and 469 representative offices of foreign<br />

34 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, p. 12.<br />

35 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, pp. 12.<br />

27


anks were established in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>China</strong>’s commercial and financial capital Shanghai alone<br />

hosts 38 foreign banks and 119 representative offices, in 1997 the number of branches even<br />

raised to 70. This figure is increasing rapidly. 37<br />

However, the international banks can only do little more than arrange capital injection<br />

certification and continue lucrative trade finance because of numerous restrictions for foreign<br />

banks in <strong>China</strong>. In addition, opening an account with a foreign bank adds extra steps and<br />

expenses. Differences in banking services shows some differences between Chinese and<br />

international banks in financing investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. Until the end of 1996, no<br />

foreign bank could offer many day-to-day services to foreign companies or individuals in<br />

local currency. In January 1997, it was announced that nine foreign banks had been granted<br />

licences to undertake business in RMB. Among these group were the Citibank, Hong Kong &<br />

Shanghai Banking Corporation, Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Industrial Bank of Japan, Dai-Ichi<br />

Kangyo Bank, Sanwa Bank, Standard Chartered Bank and International Bank of Paris. Formal<br />

approval to actually transact business in RMB would be forthcoming when the conditions of<br />

the licence had been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the PBOC. According to PBOCs<br />

regulations, the foreign bank must have achieved profit in the last three years and engaged in<br />

medium- to long-term capital financing in <strong>China</strong>. Such a licence is only granted to those<br />

banks located in the Pudong New Area - the new financial district of Shanghai. (<strong>The</strong>y were<br />

also given the choice to maintain a sub-branch in the older Puxi district of Shanghai, but RMB<br />

business can only be handled in Pudong.) <strong>The</strong>ir total RMB loans are not allowed to exceed<br />

35% of their foreign currency liabilities. Compared with the total loans outstanding in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

this is only a very small amount. <strong>The</strong> banks each have to inject foreign currency capital<br />

(equivalent to no less than RMB 30 million) and convert it into RMB as working capital to<br />

run their RMB business. 38<br />

36 Wegner, 1998, pp. 23.<br />

37 Asian Wall Street Journal, April 1, 1996, p. 4; Jin Rong Shi Bao, March 5, 1996, p. 2.<br />

38 Klug, 1997, p. 7 and Wegner, 1998, p. 24.<br />

28


Chinese Banks Foreign Banks<br />

Financing services RMB financing services<br />

financing in foreign currency<br />

export financing<br />

trust loans<br />

required securities Mortgage<br />

capital injection certificate<br />

only 9 of them allowed<br />

allowed<br />

allowed<br />

seldom<br />

only as an additional security<br />

yes<br />

terms short term renewable max. 6-7 years, except longer term<br />

through project and export<br />

financing<br />

other banking services deposit accounts, foreign<br />

exchange, documentary<br />

operations for Chinese partners<br />

TABLE 2-2: Differences in banking services 39<br />

for foreign partners<br />

consulting foreign enterprises in<br />

entering the Chinese market<br />

<strong>The</strong>se foreign banks may only operate RMB accounts for FIEs that have legal registration in<br />

Shanghai. <strong>The</strong> foreign banks are still able to lend foreign currency funds to Chinese<br />

companies with transactional approval from the regulatory authorities, but under these new<br />

regulations are still not allowed to handle RMB-denominated business for local Chinese<br />

enterprises unless they have listed on an offshore stock exchange. Deposits from local citizens<br />

are also not permitted. <strong>The</strong> advantage for FIEs based in Shanghai, is that they can use one of<br />

these nine foreign banks for all their local and foreign currency transactions. they can expect<br />

higher standards of service from these banks and a better understanding of their international<br />

businesses.<br />

Many international banks from the German speaking region have set up their branches or<br />

representative offices in Shanghai such as Swiss Bank Corporation (SBC), Union Bank of<br />

Switzerland - in 1998, both banks merged to the new UBS AG - , Credit Suisse,<br />

Commerzbank, Dresdner Bank, Bayerische Vereinsbank or Westdeutsche Landesbank<br />

(WestLB). Most of them applied for a RMB-licence but are still waiting. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has yet<br />

to announce any specific plans to expand RMB business to other banks or other areas of the<br />

PRC. Due to the globalisation and further deregulation of <strong>China</strong>’s financial market, the<br />

financial landscape could dramatically change, but looking at the past, it becomes obvious<br />

that <strong>China</strong> could also suddenly stop every foreign influence and investment. However, it is<br />

expected tha t, as in the past, opening up the market will be on a step-by-step basis.<br />

Non-bank financial institutions<br />

In <strong>China</strong>, the non-state financial sector does not antedate the state banking sector; rather, it<br />

developed in response to controls over, and deficiencies in, that sector. Indeed, state banks are<br />

39 Klug, 1997, p. 2-6.<br />

29


typically poor at solving the problems of asymmetric information and at monitoring the<br />

performance of their borrowers. By contrast, non-bank financial institutions (NBFI) such as<br />

credit co-operatives, or less for mal organisations have comparative advantages in using local<br />

information, monitoring and enforcing sanctions on borrowers.<br />

NBFIs have greatly transformed the financial sector in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y share five main<br />

characteristics. Firstly, they have broken the monopoly of state banks. Secondly, they are<br />

outside the narrow credit plan of the central government and the PBOC. Thirdly, they are<br />

more independent than banks, have more incentives to maximise profits and are subject to<br />

fewer regulations. Fourthly, there are very substantial problems of moral hazard in NFBIs,<br />

because they are mostly controlled by banks. Fifthly, regulations and laws concerning NFBIs<br />

are few, or are less well enforced than those concerning state-owned banks. 40 Shanghai is the<br />

most favoured place for non-bank financial institutions ranging from trust and investment<br />

corporations to finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, securities<br />

companies and thousands of rural credit co-operatives and urban credit co-operatives, often<br />

acting de facto like banks.<br />

2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring<br />

<strong>The</strong> detailed analysis of each and every one of all the established banking rules and<br />

regulations would go far beyond the objectives of this study. <strong>The</strong>refore, this part focuses only<br />

on the le gal development and two main laws in order to provide the reader with a basic<br />

understanding of the legal framework. 41 When the PRC was established, the old banking laws<br />

were annulled. As the country practised a planned economy and PBOC was the only bank, a<br />

central bank law was not needed as there were neither other banks to be supervised nor the<br />

requirement of a lender of last resort. Since there were no commercial banks, a law for this<br />

area was beyond consideration. For many years, PBOC carried out its business following state<br />

decisions. Materials show that in the thirty years between 1949 and 1979, there was not a<br />

single statutory law on banking business, and only a few dozen of decisions and orders were<br />

issued by the State Council. 42<br />

With the start of the open-door policy and <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform, <strong>China</strong> realised that a<br />

modern economy could only be supported by a complete legal system and therefore, legal<br />

40 Girardin, 1997, pp. 34.<br />

41 For a more precise analysis, look at Huang, 1996, p. 11-16 and Buchmann et al., 1996.<br />

42 Huang, 1996, p. 11.<br />

30


system formulation has been put on the top of the agenda. Between 1979 and 1993, a great<br />

number of administrative rules and regulations were enacted in a wide range of fields. Some<br />

of them dealt with the scope of the establishment of banking institutions or banking business<br />

and others related to operational limitations and requirements. A general review of the law-<br />

making process of this period will reveal two phenomena. <strong>The</strong> first relates to the<br />

unprecedented number of rules and regulations enacted in <strong>China</strong> on the banking business in<br />

sharp contrast with the previous period. This is directly linked to the fast development of the<br />

banking industry in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> other phenomenon relates to the lack of statutory laws on<br />

banking despite so many important administrative rules being enacted.<br />

A key to <strong>China</strong>’s financial development in the 1990s was the strengthening of the central<br />

bank. <strong>The</strong> most notable step was the promulgation of the Central Bank Law in 1995, effective<br />

as of March 19, 1995. With it, the role of the PBOC has become more focused. Art. 2 defines<br />

the PBOC’s hierarchical position under the leadership of the State Council. In opting for this<br />

solution, the activities of the central bank remain strongly linked to the requirements of state<br />

policy and the country’s economic plans. <strong>The</strong> law defines the central bank’s two key<br />

functions, namely the formulation and implementation of monetary policies on the one side<br />

and the supervision and administration of the country’s financial institutions on the other<br />

hand. <strong>The</strong> strengthening of the PBOC’s position must be seen as an attempt to monitor and<br />

control the financial sector more effectively. 43<br />

Another milestone development in <strong>China</strong>’s banking sector was the widely acknowledged<br />

promulgation of the Commercial Banking Law, effective from July 1st, 1995. Together with<br />

the Security Law, effective as of October 1, 1995, and the Negotiable Instruments Law,<br />

effective as of January 1, 1996, these laws constitute an important basis and framework for<br />

further financial reform. Moreover, they have to be seen as expression of ongoing efforts<br />

aimed at the creation of a comprehensive legal system. 44<br />

Comprising nine parts, the Commercial Banking Law was formulated to „protect the lawful<br />

rights and interests of commercial banks, depositors and other customers, standardise the acts<br />

of commercial banks, raise the quality of credit and assets and strengthen supervision and<br />

administration of commercial banks“ (Article 1). <strong>The</strong> law does not only codify and elevate to<br />

statutory level a number of issues that had previously been dealt with by administrative<br />

43 Buchmann et al., 1996, pp. 3, Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 13 and Huang, 1996, pp. 17.<br />

44 Buchmann et al., 1996, p. 1.<br />

31


egulations, but also introduces a new approach towards banking that marks a clear deviation<br />

from the previous banking concept constituted by the elements of a planned economy. <strong>The</strong><br />

law introduces prudential novations such as ratios for capital adequacy, loans-to-deposits and<br />

other standards enabling the state banks to eventually become commercial entities. Part four<br />

precisely details the basic rules for lending and other business. Part nine states that the Law<br />

shall apply to foreign investment commercial banks, Sino-foreign equity joint venture banks<br />

and branches of foreign commercial banks, except where laws or administrative regulations<br />

provide otherwise (Article 88).<br />

More than anything, the law is an intentional statement of genuine divergence from the central<br />

planning system and therefore, it is essential to take a closer look at the legal framework for<br />

banking. Still, there is a great lack of transparency and supervision in <strong>China</strong>, not even<br />

mentioning the money laundering actions. Without an independent institution who controls<br />

and supervises the financial system as a whole, the best reforms are inefficient.<br />

2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese financial system can be characterised as a system of directed capital. <strong>The</strong> direct<br />

and indirect instruments of monetary control at the disposal of the PBOC, involving the credit<br />

plan and the regulation of interest rates and the RMB currency, are a by-product of a system<br />

of directed credit. Direct instruments are still the most effective, as indirect ones are<br />

underdeveloped, but the monetary authorities face difficulties in their control of banks’ assets<br />

and liabilities. 45 Foreign investors have to take these Chinese control mechanisms into<br />

consideration, making efficient financial management quite complicated if not impossible.<br />

This section describes three instruments, which are most relevant for foreign direct<br />

investments.<br />

Credit control<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit plan is the main instrument at the disposal of central authorities in their endeavour<br />

to channel bank financing to specified activities in the state sector. Before the reforms of the<br />

late 1970s there was, along with the physical plan, a financial plan composed of three<br />

complementary parts: the budget, the credit plan and the cash plan. After the reforms,<br />

monetary policy still consists mainly of a set of rules and practices adopted to implement the<br />

credit and cash plans.<br />

45 Girardin, 1997, p. 55.<br />

32


<strong>The</strong> separation of production and consumption activities through the use of different types of<br />

money, played a major role in the centralised system designed for the planned mobilisation<br />

and allocation of resources. As a result of the money segmentation, monetary management<br />

during the pre-reform years was dichotomised into controlling cash in circulation and<br />

allocating bank credit to support state industrial and commercial enterprises accor ding to<br />

national plans. In practice, the objective with respect to cash was to be achieved through the<br />

annual cash plan, which tried to maintain a stable relation between currency in circulation and<br />

various measures of retail sales (see also section Exchange Control). <strong>The</strong> credit plan is<br />

established by the PBOC and supervised by the State Council and the Planning Bureau. A<br />

major innovation occurred in 1988, when the coverage of the credit plan extended from the<br />

specialised and commercial banks to NBFIs and the direct financing of enterprises.<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit plan consists of a two-stage process: a top-down process followed by a bottom-up<br />

one. In the first stage, the PBOC sets a target for money supply as a function of the planned<br />

growth in output and prices. <strong>The</strong> credit plan, which is transmitted to the specialised banks,<br />

concerns both the asset side (quota for new loans) and the liabilities side (targets for deposits).<br />

<strong>The</strong> banks allocate these quotas and targets to their provincial branches, which then do the<br />

same for local branches. In the second stage, provincial branches of the PBOC put together<br />

provincial plans for deposits and loans by centralising the credit and deposit plans of the local<br />

branches of specialised banks. <strong>The</strong> PBOC then revises its initial credit plan in the light of this<br />

feedback from its branches, and the final credit plan is officially approved. <strong>The</strong> quotas for<br />

loans include for example the limitations on loans for fixed-capital construction (fixed-asset<br />

investment, five to ten years), on working-capital loans (up to one year) and on technical<br />

renovation loans to finance equipment (one to five years). <strong>The</strong>re is only a limited flexibility to<br />

reallocate credit quotas, for instance between loans for working capital and for technical<br />

renovation. Each category of maturities is further broken down into activities, sub-sectors and<br />

major projects. 46<br />

Quota regulations for short-term working capital loans are much more liberal than loans for<br />

fixed asset investment, as the latter to a much larger degree pertain to the macroeconomic<br />

stabilisation. Working capital lending is partially depending on the increase in banks’ deposits<br />

and partially on an overall credit limit set semi-annually by the PBOC. <strong>The</strong> banks may use<br />

working capital limits freely, fixed asset limits however not. <strong>The</strong>y are project-specific, and<br />

46 Girardin, 1997, p. 56.<br />

33


only projects approved to receive fixed asset quotas may receive such funds. Depending on<br />

the size of the project, the State Planning Commission or a local Planning Commission must<br />

approve fixed assets investments.<br />

As an allocator of funds, the quota system is an inefficient substitute for a free interest rate.<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit quota system plays an extremely important role for the whole financial sector. <strong>The</strong><br />

quotas constitute the most powerful, and the most devastating, tool in the PBOC’s portfolio of<br />

monetary policy instruments. <strong>The</strong>refore, the main task of future reforms should be the change<br />

of these direct instruments towards more indirect tools.<br />

<strong>The</strong> regulation of interest rates<br />

Interest rates are a main instrument of indirect monetary control in <strong>China</strong>, next to the lending<br />

by the PBOC to specialised banks and reserve requirements. <strong>The</strong> PBOC sets or regulates<br />

almost all lending and deposit rates to specialised banks and other financial institutions, as<br />

well as the guidelines for rates on the interbank market. <strong>The</strong> complex structure of interest<br />

rates set by the monetary authorities, aims at minimising the cost to state-owned banks of<br />

collecting resources so as selectively to subsidise production and investment in the st ate<br />

sector. This regulation of interest rates has indirectly led to great discrepancies in the efficient<br />

allocation of capital. 47<br />

<strong>The</strong> interest-rate policy follows three general principles: Firstly, the differential treatment<br />

according to the length of the loans or deposits, to the type of industry concerned and to the<br />

location of enterprises. Secondly, a degree of autonomous adjustability, where provincial and<br />

large municipal branches of the specialised banks are allowed substantial leeway to adjust<br />

interest rates on a local basis. Thus, banks can charge interest rates up to 60 per cent higher<br />

than the rate set by the PBOC regulations and can offer a five-point bonus on large time<br />

deposits. At the national level as well, banks have been granted some margin for setting their<br />

lending or deposit rates. Finally, the third principle is the possibility of calculating interest<br />

period by period which is done asymmetrically.<br />

Exchange control<br />

Foreign currency business has traditionally been heavily regulated. Domestic c ompanies have<br />

been allowed to retain only parts of their foreign currency earnings while joint ventures and<br />

other FIEs have been allowed to exchange foreign currency at a number of local so called<br />

47 Girardin, 1997, pp. 57.<br />

34


swap centres (see also above). From the mid-1980s to 1994, there was a dual exchange rate<br />

mechanism in place. In 1994, the foreign exchange system was significantly simplified as the<br />

dual exchange rates were unified and the large number of fragmented swap centres were<br />

linked through the PBOC driven <strong>China</strong> Foreign Exchange Trade System. 48 Further, the<br />

foreign currency exchange retention system for domestic enterprises was abolished, meaning<br />

that domestic enterprises now must sell all their foreign earnings over the counter to<br />

designated banks as soon as they receive payment.<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia has enforced the discussion about fixed or flexible exchange rates,<br />

as well as about the advantages and disadvantages of currency devaluation in less-developed<br />

countries. For <strong>China</strong>, the best way has not become clearly yet. Devaluation or even a flexible<br />

fully convertible RMB currency would lead <strong>China</strong> into a serious economic crisis in the short<br />

run with impacts on the whole region. But in the long run, full convertibility would be<br />

beneficial for <strong>China</strong>’s economy. Through exposure to international market prices and foreign<br />

competition, investment allocation becomes more rational and domestic producers are forced<br />

to improve efficiency. <strong>The</strong> discussion about these issues hasn’t finished yet, neither has the<br />

crisis, which makes a realistic prediction quite impossible. Anyway, current account<br />

convertibility is a precondition for <strong>China</strong>’s WTO membership and it has been an announced<br />

goal to make the RMB current account convertible by the year 2000. Convertibility is always<br />

a matter of definition, but it is widely doubted that the PRC authorities are willing to expose<br />

the economy to the shock and instability that a true current account convertibility would<br />

cause.<br />

2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets<br />

<strong>The</strong> structure and organisation of the financia l market also influences the possibilities of<br />

business finance. Usually, the financial market exists of a capital and a money market, but in<br />

<strong>China</strong> there is quite a mixture of both forms. <strong>The</strong>se markets are all underdeveloped in <strong>China</strong><br />

compared with more deve loped markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />

play an important role. In the following, some remarks will be made about each single sector<br />

within the financial market. Generally spoken for emerging markets, you must have existing<br />

investment before a secondary market can be developed. <strong>The</strong> nature of investments being<br />

made in <strong>China</strong> therefore also depends on the degree of sophistication in the investment<br />

environment which includes both, financial products and financial markets.<br />

48 Tseng, 1994, p. 8.<br />

35


<strong>The</strong>re have been discussions as to whether <strong>China</strong> is moving toward a German-Japanese model<br />

with strong financial intermediaries or toward an Anglo -American model where financial<br />

markets play a more significant part in the economic process. It seems that the current policy-<br />

makers have a long-term vision of creating a financial system where intermediation plays an<br />

important part and where direct access to financial markets for non-financial institutions will<br />

be strongly regulated and obstructed.<br />

2.3.2.1 Stock market<br />

Since stock markets per definition imply a certain degree of privatisation in the economy, the<br />

development has not been actively encouraged. <strong>The</strong> experimental phase of stock trading<br />

started with stocks being sporadically sold and bought over the counter in 1982. Since then,<br />

two securities exchanges have emerged: the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) and the<br />

Shenzhen Securities Exchange. <strong>The</strong>y were established in 1984 and 1987 respectively and<br />

received officially recognition in 1990 and 1991. <strong>The</strong> SSE is <strong>China</strong>’s largest securities<br />

exchange. It has about 500 members and operates on a cash-only basis. Its computer system is<br />

capable of handling 1’000 transactions per second. Settlement is well functioned and efficient.<br />

In addition, <strong>China</strong> has companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock exchange, so called „red<br />

chips“ and two on the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the strict listing and trading<br />

regulations, an illegal market for company stocks has emerged. 49<br />

<strong>The</strong> stocks listed on both domestic stock exchanges are divided in A- and B-shares. <strong>The</strong><br />

former is only available for Chinese investors while the latter is only tradable by foreign<br />

investors with nomination in RMB but settlement in US$ in Shanghai or HK$ in Shenzhen.<br />

One of the reasons for this division is the lack of full convertibility of the RMB. Only a few<br />

listed companies have no interest holdings by the government. <strong>The</strong> regulatory mechanism of<br />

the capital market is still centralised through the <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />

(CSRC), which is primarily responsible for implementing and regulations and for supervising<br />

securities forms and markets.<br />

<strong>The</strong> A-shares tend to maintain price-equity ratios well above those in more mature markets,<br />

although trading is volatile, while the B-shares have more similar price -equity ratios to those<br />

in western exchanges, but with small selection and insufficient liquidity. One of the reasons<br />

for the high volatility in the domestic secondary markets, is the dominance of individual<br />

49 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 266-267, Schüller, 1995, pp. 933 and Chan, 1995, pp. 1.<br />

36


investors with little experience and knowledge about the securities trading. <strong>The</strong> only limit set<br />

by the Shanghai Stock Exchange, is that one transaction cannot move the market more than<br />

10% up or down from the preceding one.<br />

2.3.2.2 Bond market<br />

<strong>China</strong> has developed relatively mature primary and secondary markets for long-term<br />

securitised debt. According to the issuer there are three types of bonds in <strong>China</strong>: 50<br />

state bonds, issued by the Ministry of Finance<br />

financial bonds, project specific bonds normally issued by the CCB<br />

corporate bonds, normally issued by SOEs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> dominant type is the state bond with more of 90% of the total bond market value. <strong>The</strong><br />

second largest are the financial bonds, which are issued by financial institutions, mainly by<br />

domestic banks. Corporate bonds have the smallest share of market value, since the<br />

government set very strict eligible criteria and approval procedures for the SOEs as potential<br />

bond issuer. Over 80% of <strong>China</strong>’s government bonds are traded at the Shanghai Stock<br />

Exchange. A big issue recently on the SSE has been the three gorges bond of RMB 16 billion<br />

Yuan (USD 120 million) with 3-year term and 11% annual interest rate. <strong>The</strong> bond market is<br />

growing rapidly in size, and the driving force for the boom has been the two times interest<br />

rate cut in 1996. In the year 1997, the government had the intention to improve the scale and<br />

variety of the corporate bond market. On the investor side, bonds are judged as a more secure<br />

form of investment. Investors start to change their focus from the very speculative stock<br />

market to the quite stable bond market.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main players in the bond market are the “primary dealers”, similar as market makers in<br />

the UK. <strong>The</strong>y amount to a total of 30 and include both, banks and securities houses. For any<br />

issue, they have to underwrite a minimum of 1% of the total amount. Auctioning was also<br />

introduced in the primary market. Most of the lead managers for underwriting government<br />

bonds are banks, who have the only financial muscle to buy such a large issuance before<br />

placing it. In the secondary market, brokers trade both, bonds and shares, from the same stock<br />

exchange seat and trading is dominated by securities houses. <strong>The</strong> biggest trader is <strong>China</strong>’s<br />

largest brokerage company, the Shenyin Wanguo, who is a merger between the two securities<br />

houses, Shanghai Shenyin and Shanghai International. Several securities companies<br />

37


specialising in bonds have been set up, such as the Shanghai Securities Financial Company.<br />

Other securities houses are in the process of establishing specialist departments to run their<br />

bond business, rather than just dealing with it in a general securities department. Both,<br />

paperless and physical bonds, are traded on the SSE.<br />

Foreign invested enterprises are not allowed to issue securities on their corporate debt. One<br />

reason behind this ban is control of monetary expansion. Another reason is that the MOF sees<br />

no reason to allow competitors into a market it almost monopolises and thus jeopardise the<br />

effectiveness of its budget deficit financing vehicle.<br />

2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market<br />

Since foreign banks are not allowed to conduct RMB business (or only to a limited numbers<br />

of businesses), the only financial market which is of direct relevance to them is the foreign<br />

exchange market. Throughout the reform era, the PRC authorities have experimented<br />

extensively with the structure of this market. Via complex rules, the authorities have allocated<br />

funds through quotas, regulated plural, dual or unified exchange rates and monitored retention<br />

rates and foreign exchange balancing. <strong>The</strong> overall objectives of the foreign exchange market<br />

reform have been to give incentives for export, control the exchange rate and thereby promote<br />

macroeconomic stability. Further, in recent years, current account convertibility has been a<br />

goal in the foreign exchange reforms, partially due to WTO requirements.<br />

After the period of se veral foreign exchange centres serving with different exchange rates of<br />

RMB in <strong>China</strong>, the Foreign Exchange Centre in Shanghai now takes the function of providing<br />

a unified nation-wide spot foreign exchange rate of the RMB, through which a preparatory<br />

step is made for the full convertibility of RMB.<br />

2.3.2.4 Interbank money market<br />

<strong>The</strong> interbank market is synonymous with the money and debt markets in the Chinese<br />

terminology. Operators on this market include banks and other financial institutions. Before<br />

1979, the allocation of credit was vertical from the State Council to bank branches through the<br />

PBOC. <strong>The</strong> only thing a bank branch with surplus funds could do was to try to hold onto<br />

50 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 42-58.<br />

38


them, while a branch with a shortage of funds could in no way get in contact with another<br />

branch. 51<br />

<strong>The</strong> reforms in 1979 put limits on the credit banks could extend and made their lending<br />

capacity conditional on their deposit-raising abilities. In 1983, an unofficial interbank market<br />

was created on an experimental basis by a regional branch of the ABC. This horizontal<br />

interface between branches marked a change from the previous, vertical system. <strong>The</strong><br />

experiment proved such a success that branches of other banks were included in the system.<br />

As a result of early moves to liberalise the financial sector, sporadic interbank trading<br />

between branches of specialised banks emerged in 1985. <strong>The</strong> reason was the increasing need<br />

for local interbank markets which came from the shortage of credit through a restrictive<br />

monetary policy implemented by the PBOC in 1985. In November 1995, the PBOC<br />

announced its intentions to link the banks and the most important regional money markets<br />

electronically. But still, the interest rates are tightly controlled, which makes the money<br />

market not very effective. By the end of 1987, interbank markets existed in nearly all regions.<br />

But the lack of proper regulatory framework and of supervision by monetary authorities<br />

allowed the creation of „finance companies“ and development of unauthorised activities, such<br />

as short-term borrowing and long-term lending. As the PBOC declared that no authorities<br />

would intervene in any way, interbank activities of various kind sprang up in most large cities<br />

across the country.<br />

In 1989, these finance companies were abolished by the PBOC and in 1990, standardised<br />

operating principles of interbank markets came into effect. <strong>The</strong> interbank activities were<br />

centralised in some well-defined market places in Shanghai, Wuhan, Beijing/Tianjin,<br />

Shenyang, Xi’an and Chongqing. In Shanghai, the market took a more structured form in<br />

August 1986 with the establishment of the „Shanghai Money Market“, organised by the<br />

ICBC. <strong>The</strong> ICBC often accounts for more than three quarters of all interbank activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, although in principle, any financial institution may operate on this market after<br />

approval by the PBOC. Still, the interbank market is quite segmented while the extent of<br />

segmentation depends on the stature of the region or centre concerned. It is organised in three<br />

layers: markets, centres and networks. <strong>The</strong> market itself is organised locally by financial<br />

institutions and sponsored by local branches of the PBOC. Links between these three layers<br />

are poor due to the underdeveloped telecommunications, the inadequacy of organisation by<br />

51 See Dipchand et. Al, 1994; Girardin, 1997 and Xia, 1995.<br />

39


financial authorities and the protectionism of local government and banks. Altogether, looking<br />

at the inefficient use of financial and human resources, the interbank market would highly<br />

benefit from further reforms not only in the financial system as a whole but also in the way<br />

this market is managed and organised. 52<br />

2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market<br />

Debt securities with short maturities have only recently been issued in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> main<br />

obstacle against short term securities has been the inefficient and slow primary markets.<br />

Shorter maturities have gradually been introduced as part of a seemingly concentrated effort<br />

to develop <strong>China</strong>’s money markets and replace direct with indirect monetary policy<br />

instruments.<br />

<strong>The</strong> market for short term debt instruments can roughly be divided into a government bills<br />

market, where securities are issued in three different maturities by the MOF and are traded on<br />

the secondary market, and the market for commercial papers, bankers acceptances and<br />

certificates of deposites not issued by the MOF. <strong>The</strong> latter is negligible because of a slow<br />

underwriting. Since these instruments compete with the government instruments of the first<br />

mentioned market, they are not actively promoted and the eligibility requirements are hard.<br />

Further, secondary markets do not exist, and the lack of a legal and regulatory framework, as<br />

well as market transparency has discouraged issues.<br />

2.3.3 Instruments of financial management<br />

With the business licence issued by the State ICAB, any foreign-invested enterprise can open<br />

both bank accounts of foreign exchange and RMB at any bank or at any other financial<br />

institution which is permitted to handle foreign exchange business by the State Foreign<br />

Exchange Administration Department. According to the needs of business, a foreign-invested<br />

enterprise can also apply for a loan of either foreign exchange or RMB from any bank inside<br />

<strong>China</strong> which runs the business of foreign exchange. <strong>The</strong> interest rate upon loans is<br />

promulgated by the PBOC.<br />

Debt or equity - a number of financing options are available to foreign investors wishing to<br />

start up a joint venture or wholly foreign-owned enterprise in <strong>China</strong>, as well as to foreign<br />

investors with existing interests in ventures in <strong>China</strong> wishing to make additional investments.<br />

52 For further information see Xia, 1995 and Girardin, 1997, pp. 77.<br />

40


Loans, public offerings of shares, bonds, countertrade and leasing are just some of the<br />

options. 53 <strong>The</strong> recent economic turbulence in Asia has resulted in a tighter credit environment<br />

for many PRC investors. On the other hand, increasing M & A opportunities and further<br />

deregulation and liberalisation of the banking system have led to a higher sophistication and<br />

availability of financing instruments. It remains to be seen whether PRC investors face better<br />

and more efficient means of financing their investments in the future.<br />

This section focuses on the instruments and means of financial management which are most<br />

commonly used by foreign enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. But before looking at financing options, it is<br />

essential to describe the general categories of investment structures which are most common<br />

in today’s merger and acquisition market in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are two main categories of FDI in <strong>China</strong>: direct and indirect acquisition. <strong>The</strong> first type<br />

of investment involves the purchase of local assets either through a mainland-registered<br />

company or by direct purchase of shares in a listed or unlisted company registered there. It<br />

includes the traditional business vehicles, such as equity or co-operative joint venture<br />

companies (EJV, CJV) and wholly foreign-owned enterprises (WFOE) or, most recently, a<br />

joint-stock limited company. In the past, the traditional joint venture was the vehicle of<br />

choice, mainly because the Chinese partner was considered an essential tool for approval and<br />

business finance. Today, however, investors are wiser and more experienced, which replaced<br />

the joint venture by the WFOE as the most common type of investment structure. On top of<br />

that, the purchase of shares of mainland-listed or unlisted companies has become a new, more<br />

straightforward way for foreign investors. <strong>The</strong> target company most often is a joint-stock<br />

limited one. Although the transferral of shares remains an uncertainty in <strong>China</strong>, joint-stock<br />

companies enjoy advantages over more traditional investment vehicles which have also an<br />

impact on financing possibilities. Firstly, raising capital is easier than with an equity joint<br />

venture or a WFOE. Secondly, joint-stock companies present fewer problems in regard to<br />

minority shareholder rights, giving the investor a freer hand in deciding policy and managing<br />

the business.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second general category of investment vehicle is known as an indirect acquisition where<br />

the foreign enterprise purchases shares in a non-Chinese company, the assets of which include<br />

an interest in a company or companies registered on the mainland. Indirect acquisition has a<br />

number of a dvantages and is becoming more and more visible.<br />

53 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10.<br />

41


After the decision for the investment structure has been taken, central issues for PRC<br />

investors are the composition of capital and extent of participation as well as the best<br />

financing option. Choosing the right structure can significantly affect profitability further<br />

down the road. 54<br />

For foreign invested enterprises, <strong>China</strong> is a new site. According to Western standards, the<br />

financial institutions and instruments in <strong>China</strong> for debt financing are underdeveloped.<br />

Because of the stage of economic development and the system - that is to be reformed - it is<br />

difficult for companies to raise debt capital from international financial markets. For every<br />

investment it is therefore necessary to systematically analyse the possibilities and boundaries<br />

of debt financing for foreign companies, which must encompass the short-term as well as the<br />

long-term debt financing forms.<br />

FIEs, especially their foreign investors, are exposed as in most developing countries, also in<br />

<strong>China</strong> to the currency risk, that means the exchange rate risk and the transfer risk. <strong>The</strong> foreign<br />

currency problem is intensified on the one hand because of the big demand for foreign<br />

exchange for buying materials from abroad and for paying the dividends for foreign investors,<br />

and on the other hand through the difficulties of earning foreign exchange in the start up<br />

phase. FIEs’ finance management has to solve most of all problems of equity financing, debt<br />

financing and currency management. <strong>The</strong>se three issues shall be analysed in the following. 55<br />

2.3.3.1 Equity financing<br />

Every FIE in <strong>China</strong> is required to have a certain amount of registered capital, as specified in<br />

its approval documents. According to these approval documents, the foreign investor’s<br />

minimum share of equity capital must amount 25 % of the whole capital of the enterprise.<br />

Unless such registered capital is contributed, which must be done in a manner in accordance<br />

with Chinese law, the foreign enterprise cannot exist as a legal entity in <strong>China</strong>. Aside from the<br />

obvious method of investing registered capital in the form of cash, there are several other<br />

ways of contributing the required amount to the venture which may save a foreign investor<br />

money. Commonly, local partners have little cash to invest. <strong>The</strong>refore, the Chine se company<br />

often may provide machinery, land-use rights and factories, or other assets as their portion of<br />

the investment, its share of registered capital (all of which are inherently difficult to value).<br />

Only a few local enterprises have readily accessible cash. <strong>The</strong>ir very desire for a joint venture<br />

54 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 21-24.<br />

55 Pausenberger 1980, pp. 53 and Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764 -768.<br />

42


is often to acquire foreign capital and technology. Foreign investors should be aware of how<br />

their partner will finance their share of the investment. <strong>The</strong> foreign partner often contributes<br />

know-how, immaterial goods, machinery and technology from overseas. Foreign investors<br />

should keep in mind the requirement that only 25% of the foreign investor’s registered capital<br />

contribution to an FIE may comprise technology. 56<br />

<strong>The</strong> foreign investor could also get his share of registered capital financed through loans from<br />

banking institutions or through investment grants from national and international finance<br />

companies such as KfW in Germany. <strong>The</strong> foreign investor as well as the Chinese counterpart,<br />

or the venture itself, could also use Chinese banks for financing their registered capital via<br />

loans. <strong>The</strong>y may procure capital other than the registered capital through preferential-interest<br />

loans if it imports goods or machinery from the US or Europe via special government „soft-<br />

loans“, „mixed-loans“ or export credit programs, the purpose of which is to encourage the<br />

purchase of such goods. Applying for such loans requires certain guarantees, housing or real<br />

security and the approval of the venture through the authorities. <strong>The</strong> US Export-Import Bank<br />

offers bank guarantees to foreign purchasers of machinery and equipment from the US. <strong>The</strong><br />

life of these loan contract is generally one to three years. 57 A foreign investor wishing to<br />

participate in a joint venture with a Chinese company may also raise money overseas by<br />

entering into a joint venture contract with a Chinese party. To raise public funds outside the<br />

PRC for use as registered capital, the investor first needs to set up a company overseas, if one<br />

does not already exist. Currency lending from outside <strong>China</strong> will require the approval of the<br />

State Administration of Foreign Exchange. This method of financing can also be used to raise<br />

capital for a joint venture that already exists.<br />

While a foreign investor must be prepared to initially contribute a good deal of equity to a<br />

venture to satisfy the Chinese regulations regarding registered capital, a wise financier would<br />

also attempt to invest equipment purchased abroad with the help of low-interest loan as a part<br />

of registered capital attributed to the FIE. Alternatively, a foreign party wishing to fund his<br />

enterprise with a Chinese party may prefer to issue shares in a separate overseas company,<br />

and then use the proceeds from the offering specifically for the purpose of funding the joint<br />

ve nture. Leasing of equipment and machinery in <strong>China</strong> provides another suitable alternative<br />

to loans for some investors in that such agreements are convenient to enter into and may have<br />

tax advantages. Another possibility of funding capital is inside financing through cash flows,<br />

56 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10; de Waal, 1998, pp. 16.<br />

57 Fan, 1994, pp. 189.<br />

43


evenue sharing, deprecations and other reserves. But this is a relatively new and unknown<br />

form of financing tool available to foreign investors and therefore not often practised. Also,<br />

the revenues of just started FIEs and the rates of depreciation are rather low in <strong>China</strong>, which<br />

makes inside financing quite difficult looking at the rather high amount of required capital. In<br />

spite of this underdevelopment, these financing tools offer substantial tax advantages, in that<br />

the income received from such investments may not be immediately taxable. 58 Generally<br />

spoken, the FIE’s have a great flexibility in the way they want to allocate and use their<br />

revenues as long as both partners agree, which is sometimes difficult in <strong>China</strong>, especially<br />

when the Chinese partner has debt financed his share of investment. If a local partner has<br />

borrowed to fund his portion of equity, he will have a different attitude than his foreign<br />

partner as to such important issues as dividends and future capital injections. Several joint<br />

ventures were unable to expand their venture in conjunction with the opportunities in the<br />

marketplace. Often a local partner’s inability or unwillingness to increase equity has limited<br />

the joint venture’s expansion. 59<br />

For most investors the surest way to minimise risk is to minimise the amount of their equity<br />

investment - unfortunately, this is often not the case for a joint venture in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />

investors cannot assume that debt will be available or that their partner has good friends in the<br />

local banking community. Too often, foreign investors seek to minimise the amount of paid -in<br />

capital only to find that they must then provide payment guarantees for 100 % of the venture’s<br />

debt requirement. While the minimum percentage of equity financing is easy to determine,<br />

investors should keep in mind that this may not be the appropriate percentage for their<br />

particular investment. If debt is not possible without parent company guarantees and if the<br />

local partner cannot provide their portion of debt guarantees, then the foreign investor should<br />

demand a higher equity-to-debt ratio. 60<br />

In addition to the required amount of registered capital, all enterprises in <strong>China</strong> must have<br />

working capital with which to handle daily business affairs. <strong>The</strong> parties may contribute<br />

working capital to the venture at any time. A venture is normally better off borrowing money<br />

for working capital, which can be obtained from Chinese banks in <strong>China</strong> or from overseas<br />

banks or other lending institutions (see next part).<br />

58 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 14.<br />

59 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 24.<br />

60 de Waal, 1998, p. 16.<br />

44


2.3.3.2 Debt financing<br />

As getting the status of Chinese legal entities through official approval, FIEs are treated<br />

through the authorities and financial institutions as if they are Chinese domestic enterprises.<br />

According to the goal of the government to promote foreign direct investment into <strong>China</strong>, the<br />

FIEs can generally obtain more financial instruments of debt financing than their Chinese<br />

counterpart. <strong>The</strong> government also provides grants and financial support for financing<br />

corporate debt, if the potential debtors fulfil certain restrictions similar to Western standards.<br />

Similarly to Western standards, the loans can also vary in <strong>China</strong> according to currency, time<br />

limits, finance purpose etc. Nevertheless, Chinese authorities use different definitions for<br />

long- and short-term loans. Long-term loans include all loans with a time limit of more than<br />

twelve months. Loans with a maturity of 12 months or less are considered to be working<br />

capital, and are subject to different quota restrictions than longer maturity loans (see also part<br />

0). <strong>The</strong> definition of maturity orientates mainly on the financing purpose, as if the loan is<br />

meant to be for fixed or current assets. For investment projects, which exceed certain limits<br />

set by the Planning Bureau, approval of authorities is necessary. 61 Large infrastructure<br />

projects are still often funded over the budget state or provincial budget. Another issue to<br />

address is whether debt financing should be in RMB or foreign currency (usually USD).<br />

Many foreign investors have no choice. Often corporate policies require that investments be<br />

funded in local currency. Many consumer product companies with wide -spread activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong> will only consider expansion if they can secure adequate local currency funding. As<br />

policy they will not take the risk of a devaluation of the RMB. While conditions vary from<br />

place to place in <strong>China</strong>, in recent months it has generally been easier for joint ventures to<br />

obtain reasonably structured debt financing. Positive impacts by the PBOC on RMB debt<br />

financing have been its announcement to abolish the lending quota system and its lowering of<br />

RMB interest rates, because of the decline in economic growth and the fall in inflation. 62<br />

A joint venture or a WFOE in <strong>China</strong> may, according to the „PRC Commercial Bank Law“<br />

obtain a RMB loan from a Chinese bank. Having sufficient RMB is necessary to cover the<br />

costs of everyday expenses such as raw materials, labour and public utilities. Security interest<br />

for the loan may be required by the bank issuing the loan, and such security may take the form<br />

of a guarantee or charge over various assets of the enterprise. Concerning the security,<br />

investors have to keep in mind some Chinese specific features, such as the non-conveyance of<br />

61 Fan, 1994, pp. 198.<br />

45


eal estate (after the upcoming reforms, this might change) which does not allow real estate to<br />

serve as security, neither do machines and assets used for own purposes and therefore<br />

imported tax-free to <strong>China</strong>. As when lending to local companies, before approving a loan the<br />

bank may investigate various factors such as the payment ability of the potential debtor, assets<br />

of the company, the validity and strength of any guarantee, the use of the loan and other<br />

financial information. Again, the investor must be aware of the in-transparency and<br />

asymmetric information in <strong>China</strong>. In <strong>China</strong>, several restrictions and laws concerning financing<br />

business have been promulgated but their implementation and execution suffers a lot.<br />

Decisions related to developing business andextending credit in <strong>China</strong> must take into account<br />

risk factors particular to the market. <strong>The</strong> absence of reliable information in general, and<br />

performance-related information (financial statements, payment experiences, court records) in<br />

particular, plus the special risk factors of „triangular debt“, obsolete inventories and<br />

unprofitable and technically bankrupt SOEs, make it imperative to deal with customers and<br />

suppliers face -to-face in addition to obtaining information from external information<br />

sources. 63 Another serious problem with RMB loans has been the tenor. Chinese banks often<br />

told customers that they could not lend medium or long-term RMB loans unless the project<br />

was officially part of the current five -year plan. Quota (also see part 0) was also a problem as<br />

each bank was give n an annual limit on the amount of loans it could make. Often banks with<br />

excess deposits were unable to lend because of inadequate quota. Some banks were willing to<br />

lend for very short periods of time as long as the loans would be repaid before quotas would<br />

be re-checked. With the recent announcement that the quota system will no longer be used,<br />

the PBOC hopes to see more loans made on the basis of economic viability and credit<br />

worthiness. Unfortunately, only a few bankers have credit training or background, most of<br />

them are totally inexperienced with market-oriented credit rating. 64<br />

Generally, FIEs are able to obtain long-term loans from every Chinese bank but the CCB is<br />

the leading bank for financing new investments. <strong>The</strong> speciality banks orientate themselves on<br />

the industry sector in which the FIE is located. Borrowing RMB currency must almost<br />

invariably be done in <strong>China</strong> and can be expensive. Overseas loans at lower interest rates can<br />

be obtained, and at times converted into RMB at market rates, to keep down the cash cost in<br />

the PRC investment. As mentioned above, currency lending from outside the PRC will require<br />

62 de Waal, 1998, pp. 17.<br />

63 Dun & Bradstedt, 1998, pp. 15.<br />

64 de Waal, 1998, p. 18.<br />

46


the approval of special authorities. In the past, the Bank of <strong>China</strong> was the only institution<br />

which can provide FIEs with long-term loans in foreign currencies. Nowadays, this monopoly<br />

doesn’t exist anymore. Short -term debt financing in <strong>China</strong> is mainly offered by banks. Due to<br />

the financial reforms, several new financing tools especially for short-term finance on the<br />

money markets, are being created, but they are still underdeveloped. 65 Alternative sources of<br />

debt financing include export credit agencies and the World Bank’s International Finance<br />

Corporation (IFC). Export credit agencies have had a difficult time structuring credits to<br />

<strong>China</strong> that do not carry sovereign risk guarantees. Often their pricing is more expensive than<br />

commercial bank debt. <strong>The</strong> IFC has been very active in <strong>China</strong>, but their approval process can<br />

be lengthy. <strong>The</strong>y are frequently also willing to take a small equity stake in the venture.<br />

Next to these more traditional bank loans, FIEs could also get their corporate debt long-term<br />

financed via issuing bonds directly on the capital market. In <strong>China</strong>, the PBOC is in charge and<br />

control of the approval for such bonds. Any enterprise in <strong>China</strong> may float a bond on the local<br />

or foreign markets or make a public offering of its own corporate shares on the local or<br />

foreign markets, with the approval of the relevant state authorities, which requires detailed<br />

documentation, such as business reports, financial statements and balance sheets, specific<br />

terms and conditions of the bond to be issued, and the manner in which the funds will be<br />

managed and the debt repaid. Additional requirements and procedures are necessary if the<br />

bond is to be used for fixed asset investment. <strong>The</strong>se requirements are strict and sometimes<br />

make it very difficult to obtain approval from the relevant authorities. Of course, while in<br />

some situations obtaining funds through issuing securities may be more preferable than<br />

getting a loan, the FIE owners will be giving up some of their ownership in the company, and<br />

as such, should be careful not to give away too many of their rights. Given the present state of<br />

the markets, if the offering is to be made in Hong Kong or <strong>China</strong>, FIE owners may wish to<br />

wait for a more propitious time. Especially foreign investors, may have to face national and<br />

cultural barriers. 66<br />

An indirect method of getting funding for a project is through transactions called forfeiting or<br />

countertrade, of which the latter means that an FIE links its purchase of machinery or other<br />

assets with the sale of certain products. This method may be attractive to FIEs that rely mainly<br />

on raw materials and labour in <strong>China</strong>, as these production costs are quite low when compared<br />

to their profit margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, countertrade has become a necessary component for most<br />

65 Fan, 1994, pp. 202.<br />

66 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 11 -12.<br />

47


foreign investors in structuring the finance of their venture, in large part because the RMB is<br />

not fully convertible. Compensation trade is one form of countertrade in which the investor<br />

pays for the cost of machinery or other asset being purchased with items produced by the<br />

machinery itself. Other forms of countertrade exist, such as those in which the asset purchased<br />

is paid off using products other than those produced by the machinery acquired. Using one of<br />

these methods is helpful for companies reducing their use of foreign exchange, but they<br />

should be careful, however, to ensure that this method is cost -effective and that the cost of the<br />

goods which will be used to pay for the asset is less than the cost of taking out a loan. Leasing<br />

of equipment and machinery also provides a suitable alternative for FIEs that do not wish to<br />

pay the full price for the equipment immediately on purchase. Financing the venture by<br />

leasing is also attractive because the fixed lease payments are not subject to the vagaries of<br />

floating interest rates, and because leases are at times much more convenient to obtain and<br />

handle than loans. 67<br />

2.3.3.3 Currency management<br />

International enterprises operate in <strong>China</strong> with a wide range of high volatile currencies. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are permanently faced with currency risk, which includes transfer and exchange risk. <strong>The</strong><br />

current concern for all investors in <strong>China</strong> is whether or not <strong>China</strong> will devalue its currency.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re seems to be a distinct polarisation between those with a political point of view (who<br />

believe that <strong>China</strong>’s leaders cannot afford to lose face by reversing their public commitments<br />

to maintain current rates) versus those with an economic point of view (who believe that<br />

<strong>China</strong> cannot forever avoid the impact of the regional devaluation in Asia). Most businesses<br />

are not getting into the debate, but are rather reviewing their exposures and trying to hedge<br />

their positions as much as possible. 68<br />

<strong>The</strong> RMB is not fully convertible on world markets and most companies must endure<br />

restrictions on foreign exchange. In addition to that, the exchange rates of the RMB towards<br />

other currencies do not express the real values. FIEs are heavily exposed to a variety of<br />

currencies used for their working capital and cash assets as well as for their balance sheet<br />

values. <strong>The</strong> strict currency control (see also part Exchange Control) accelerates the currency<br />

risk for the FIEs although they are in advantage of more freedom in the area of currency<br />

67 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 12.<br />

68 de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />

48


control compared to national enterprises. 69 A significant devaluation has not occurred for<br />

more than four years in <strong>China</strong>, therefore, many investors have become (too) complacent with<br />

a stable exchange rate and easy access to foreign exchange.<br />

FIEs have to gain their currencies, which they need for procurement from abroad,<br />

compensation of their foreign staff and for paying dividends to their foreign investors on a<br />

self-operating basis. <strong>The</strong> Chinese government supports them only poorly. <strong>The</strong> balancing of<br />

these foreign exchange positions is one of the most difficult tasks and therefore a high barrier<br />

for FIEs in <strong>China</strong>. In a controlled market like <strong>China</strong>, it is complicated to gain all the necessary<br />

currencies for the daily business. However, in spite of all techniques of hedging currency<br />

exposures, devaluation will fundamentally alter a company’s revenues and costs and thus its<br />

cash flow. If devaluation occurs, a company that imports parts and components to<br />

manufacture products that will be sold in <strong>China</strong>, must raise local currency prices to avoid<br />

losing money on every sale. Each investor in <strong>China</strong> should review their cash flow by currency<br />

and determine what impact various levels of devaluation would have on that cash flow. 70<br />

When a company’s assets and liabilities are denominate d in different currencies, changes in<br />

the relative value of the currencies involved will bring about a change in the relative value of<br />

the assets and liabilities. To avoid this, financial managers have the objective to keep the same<br />

ratio between currencie s on both sides of the balance sheet. By borrowing in the same<br />

currency as they will receive from future business, companies hedge against exchange rate<br />

risk. This is problematic when one of the currencies involved is the RMB. Firstly, rigid RMB<br />

maturities complicate matching. <strong>The</strong> dates for payment and repayment of the loans are often<br />

inflexibly set by the bank. Secondly, the interest rates on these loans can be preclusively high<br />

(see 2.3.3.2). Regulatory peculiarities also create exchange risks. Conversion of RMB into<br />

foreign currency for import payments are allowed not earlier than three months before<br />

payment. <strong>The</strong> importing company is exposed to a depreciating RMB from the point in time<br />

when the purchase was decided until three months before payment. A FIE selling on the<br />

domestic market is therefore exposed to the risk of a RMB depreciation in the period between<br />

the closing of the deal and payment, although the RMB is officially a fixed exchange rate.<br />

Since the crisis in Asia has seriously touched Japan and other competitor countries in Asia,<br />

the Chinese government could be forced to devalue the RMB in the next year. 71 <strong>The</strong> main task<br />

69<br />

See for more information Fan, 1994, pp. 208.<br />

70<br />

de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />

71<br />

See Madura, 1993, p. 136-140 and Fan, 1994, pp. 207.<br />

49


of the currency management is to predict, prevent or hedge these currency risks as good as<br />

possible, which is of essential importance especially for operating in emerging markets. 72 <strong>The</strong><br />

most obvious way to hedge a long RMB exposure is to borrow in RMB. Some companies are<br />

borrowing even though they do not currently need RMB. Non-deliverable forwards are<br />

another way to hedge RMB exposures. This market is completely outside <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> market<br />

for these instruments are still underdeveloped. On top of that, there are significant internal<br />

accounting issues that will need to be resolved for most companies that use de rivative<br />

instruments to hedge their actual exposure in <strong>China</strong>. However, currency management is an<br />

issue with highest priority for foreign investors, because devaluation would fundamentally<br />

alter a joint venture’s future profitability.<br />

2.3.4 Conclusions<br />

<strong>China</strong> will continue to be an exciting market. Changes in <strong>China</strong> and the region will be<br />

challenging and perhaps frustrating. <strong>China</strong>’s economy faces a host of problems as it changes<br />

from being a centrally planned colossus into a decentralised market driven net of indepe ndent<br />

entities. <strong>The</strong> political unwillingness to seriously reform the loss making SOE sector is perhaps<br />

the single most serious obstacle to a balanced economic growth in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> inefficiency of<br />

the SOE sector has arrested the development of the financial sector primarily via the former<br />

specialised banks. <strong>The</strong>y have been used as vehicles for subsidising SOEs and thereby social<br />

stability. <strong>The</strong> fact that policy lending has burdened the state banks with bad debt to the extent<br />

that they would be rendered ripe for bankruptcy by any Western standards, prevents them<br />

from fully pursuing independence and privatisation. Another obstacle for the state banks is<br />

their history as a part of a central planning administrative organisation as well as the<br />

provincial governments’ power apparatus. <strong>The</strong>y have only recently been subjected to the first<br />

experiments with market conditions and therefore lack basic banking skills, most notably the<br />

ability to carry out credit risk evaluation.<br />

This paper has shed some light on the structure and system of the Chinese financial system in<br />

general and of business finance in particular. <strong>The</strong> recent changes in banking and capital<br />

markets policies provide both opportunities and obstacles for PRC investors. Credit and <strong>China</strong><br />

risk limits have tightened, but recent political developments and increasing M&A<br />

opportunities give grounds for investor optimism. However due to the early stage of financial<br />

reforms in <strong>China</strong>, the study has had to leave questions open. Future research on the banking<br />

72 See Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764-767.<br />

50


usiness in <strong>China</strong> and related issues is desirable in order to gain better insights into the<br />

complexities of financing opportunities. It is essential to keep in mind that Beijing is not<br />

implementing financial reform measures in a sealed greenhouse but in a tough and<br />

contradictory environment, where banks require better asset management while the economy<br />

requires sustainable liquidity. Whether all these steps taken together will transform the<br />

mainland’s financial sector and allow the country’s large banks to retreat from the precipice<br />

remains to be seen. <strong>The</strong>re are, however, few alternatives.<br />

Financially sound joint ventures that understand their risks and cash flow profiles will have a<br />

distinct advantage. Given these exciting and volatile times, direct investors in <strong>China</strong> should<br />

consider their financial structuring as a most important issue. In establishing a finance plan for<br />

a venture, one must remember that for all FIEs there are requirements which dictate that<br />

registered capital must be invested by a certain date pursuant to the contract and Chinese law.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are numerous restrictions in a system with foreign currency controls and general<br />

controls on foreign investment. In order to ensure the highest return on investment, one must<br />

first consider the nature of the project invested in. <strong>The</strong>re are, for example, two ways to borrow<br />

capital from abroad and yet have it count as one’s investment in a Chinese enterprise, freeing<br />

up capital for other uses. <strong>The</strong> equity-to-debt-ratio, the portion of every partner’s investment,<br />

the sources of equity and debt financing, the currency and maturity of loans, the relationship<br />

with Chinese and foreign banks, the own capabilities of currency management, are all factors<br />

which highly influence success and failure of ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, the lower the<br />

amount of money foreign investors put into a FIE, and the larger the share of capital they can<br />

obtain, the greater their return in proportion to their investment. Any foreign investor wishing<br />

to put together a finance plan for investment in a venture in <strong>China</strong>, should be prepared to be<br />

familiar with a large range of financing vehicles, as various restrictions of the Chinese<br />

government make it difficult, sometimes impossible, to use certain types of financing for<br />

specific projects. This aside, the realities of doing business in <strong>China</strong> necessitate that some<br />

methods of financing will be more preferable than others. A comprehensive financing strategy<br />

is the key component of a healthy PRC investment.<br />

Over the past year since Cinderella’s study was written, the Chinese government has<br />

continued with the banking and financial reforms. Drastic reorganisation of the banking<br />

51


institutions and control systems have occurred to create greater transparency, such as to<br />

remove the ability of local officials to influence banking decisions. Action was also taken to<br />

dissolve loss-making SOEs. One major on-going reform is the removal of the military links<br />

with business, thus increasing the privatisation of business while professionalising the<br />

military.. <strong>The</strong>se are far reaching changes which demonstrated the Chinese government’s<br />

resolve to build a modern and efficient market economy.<br />

Looking at the tremendous changes in the banking and financial sector, Paul realised also the<br />

many faceted dimensions of Chinese economy and policy. Clearly, given <strong>China</strong>’s communist<br />

government and the immensity and complexity of the country, <strong>China</strong> has made tremendous<br />

strides forward in the making of a market economy. <strong>The</strong> pace of change has been sure and<br />

rapid. In such a situation of rapid change, everything would seem to be in a flux, with the<br />

exception of genuine human relationships and understanding. This is probably the key to<br />

success for the <strong>China</strong> venture. Is this not also Mr. Zheng’s key to success in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

52


3. Pre-Entry Strategic Considerations to Maximise Business<br />

Potential<br />

Understanding the operating environment for foreign businesses in <strong>China</strong> is only a first step to<br />

strategic formulation. Understanding oneself or one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />

and weaknesses provides an important basis for strategic formulation. Paul remembered<br />

vaguely the old Chinese proverb: “Know yourself, know your enemies. A hundred battles<br />

fought. A hundred won.” A critical consideration before entering a new business arena, in this<br />

case, ventur ing into <strong>China</strong>, is therefore to know one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />

and weaknesses and in relation to existing and potential players in <strong>China</strong>. Paul started to read<br />

about the “Need for business self-examination” ...<br />

Klaus Kukovetz, a doctoral student working in <strong>China</strong> wrote:<br />

3.1 Pre-Entry Considerations: Need for Business Self-examination (by Klaus<br />

Kukovetz)<br />

A lot of publications and business guides are available which explain the does and don'ts of<br />

market entrance into <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>se are valuable tools to avoid the most common and pitfalls of<br />

such an endeavour. Many of them, however, neglect the very first stage of market entry:<br />

business self-examination. Even in a simple and well known business environment, the<br />

product-to-market and company-to-market fit is a precondition for success. This is even more<br />

true for a complex and alien environment like <strong>China</strong>. Even if the market is found to be very<br />

attractive and relatively risk-free, and even if a strong demand for the company's products can<br />

be assumed, market entry is not self evident. <strong>The</strong> company must be fit for market entry as<br />

well. For an SME such fitness should not be taken for granted prematurely, but should be<br />

assessed with great diligence. Any company's strategy move a into new territory will<br />

necessarily consume a substantial amount of resources. For SMEs which generally do not<br />

have sufficient personnel and management resources. This would not be an easy problem to<br />

solve.<br />

Before a company ventures into a new market, it must determine it’s own strengths and<br />

weaknesses as well as the opportunities (and threats) offered in the new environment. In the<br />

first case, the general readiness to enter the Chinese market was found to be lacking even<br />

though there is a good fit in the relevance of its product in the Chinese market. In the second<br />

case, a thorough analysis of a company’s strengths and weaknesses in relation to the<br />

opportunities and threats in the new environment has enabled the company to develop a sound<br />

53


entry strategy into the <strong>China</strong> market. Venturing successfully abroad requires preparatory<br />

measures to ensure the general fitness and compatibility of a company in relation to its<br />

partners and markets in the new environment.<br />

3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad<br />

As a first step the company should ask whether it is ready to enter the Chinese market. It has<br />

to investigate, for instance whether it has enough free management and capital resources. <strong>The</strong><br />

management time needed for a new market entry is almost more than what one expect. Due to<br />

the novelty of the venture, employees working on the market entry project will need a<br />

disproportional amount of top-level guidance and advice. Top management itself will need to<br />

travel to <strong>China</strong> to establish valuable business contacts. <strong>The</strong>se business contacts will then<br />

demand attention and time to be kept alive. It is therefore recommended that there should be<br />

one member of the top management team who is strongly dedicated to the market entry<br />

project and who is prepared to invest a substantial amount of his or her time for the project. In<br />

SMEs this high level manager with free time resources often does not exist. Such a company<br />

will therefore have to work first on internal processes to create such a capacity it will be ready<br />

to proceed to a next step.<br />

Monetary resources are important. Even if planning is done very rigorously, money invested<br />

in a high-risk emerging market like <strong>China</strong> should not be crucial to the survival of the<br />

company. <strong>The</strong>re will be ways to keep investment down to a minimum level - market entry<br />

into <strong>China</strong> does not necessarily have to be expensive - but it is very difficult to reduce risk.<br />

No amount of planning will be sufficient to account for the complexity and rapid pace of<br />

development of the market. For this reason, the company needs to be prepared to write -off its<br />

investments in the worst case scenario (see paper 8 for two examples).<br />

3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners<br />

<strong>The</strong> company's products must fit with the market conditions in <strong>China</strong>. Here, it must be<br />

assessed whether the company offers an attractive product mix for the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong><br />

level of investigation should be relatively deep as special features or mismatches might easily<br />

be overlooked. At this stage, the company will try to evaluate whether its most promising<br />

product or product category has chances to succeed in <strong>China</strong> as it is, or whether some special<br />

modification will be necessary. <strong>The</strong> degree of localisation needed may vary greatly between<br />

simple adaptations in the packaging process on the one hand, and the development of<br />

completely new features on the other hand.<br />

54


While the testing for the general readiness of a company to venture abroad may be done<br />

internally, testing for the specific product-market fit will require a lot of market information,<br />

which may have to be acquired from external sources.<br />

3.1.3 Practical Illustrations<br />

3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling systems company (LLSC)<br />

LLSC is a family owned business with subsidiary companies in Germany, France, England<br />

and the United States. According to turnover and number of employees, it is clearly an SME.<br />

Nevertheless, LLSC is one of the world's leading companies in its market segment.<br />

Around three quarters of LLSC's products are self-adhesive labels, with labelling system<br />

machines taking up the rest. <strong>The</strong> company is renown for its quality, as well as fast and reliable<br />

after sales service. A particular strength of the company is a sophisticated network, which,<br />

however, is operational mainly in the company's Swiss home market. <strong>The</strong> company's largest<br />

clients are the world's leading consumer products firms which use LLSC's products for<br />

normal labelling purposes, on-product marketing, and related purposes.<br />

By the end of the 1990s, LLSC's geographical reach had spread from Switzerland, to<br />

neighbouring European countries and then to the large market of the United States. However,<br />

until 1997, the company's experience in the Asian markets remained very limited. <strong>The</strong>re was<br />

no clear strategy for the region, even though interest in <strong>China</strong>'s large market kept growing.<br />

This interest was generated mainly by the top management's contacts with friends and<br />

associates, who were doing business with <strong>China</strong>. Every now and then, an initiative was started<br />

to generate more information but these efforts never resulted in a long lasting project.<br />

In late 1997, the company asked a team of student researchers 73 from the University of St.<br />

Gallen, to help assess the company-to-market fit of LLSC and <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> results of this<br />

investigation are reported here. As the company asked to investigate the market potential, the<br />

specific fit analysis was carried out and is presented here.<br />

Specific Fit<br />

To assess the specific fit of the company's products to the Chinese market, a market study was<br />

conducted among the company's leading customers, as well as industry experts abroad and<br />

73 <strong>The</strong> author was leader of the team, which comprised the following fellow researchers: Guo Zhaoui,<br />

Kölsch Manfred, Zambon Antonia, Zeng Lingyan.<br />

55


from within <strong>China</strong> to assess local market conditions. It was in particularly necessary to find<br />

out which level of sophistication the Chinese labelling market had reached, which trend could<br />

be expected in future, how the company's European clients met their labelling needs in Asia,<br />

and whether they were satisfied by the product variety and quality currently existing in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> result of this investigation was the finding that LLSC's target market, sophisticated self-<br />

adhesive labelling syste ms, was growing quickly, albeit from a relatively small basis. <strong>The</strong><br />

majority of labels used in <strong>China</strong> were still based on older techniques.<br />

<strong>The</strong> competitive environment was of particular interest for the company. <strong>The</strong>re were clear<br />

indications that international competitors had started to enter the self -adhesive labelling<br />

market recently. Judging from the development of European and US markets, as well as from<br />

the interest of the company's - mainly Japanese - competitors, the market potentials seemed<br />

very promising.<br />

General Readiness<br />

Taken alone, the findings of the specific fit investigation would have suggested to pursue the<br />

goal of market entry into <strong>China</strong> vigorously. This conclusion was not drawn however, as a<br />

general readiness analysis lead to different recommendations.<br />

LLSC is a relatively conservative company with firm control and leadership methods, which<br />

were well proven in Switzerland's stable environment. It does not boost large reserves in<br />

capital and management resources. Knowledge of foreign markets, especially the Chinese<br />

one, is also very rudimentary.<br />

This background led the company to pursue a prudent expansion strategy in Europe and the<br />

US. Each of its subsidiaries was founded in co-operation with a local entrepreneur who<br />

contributed local market familiarity and a significant share of capital to LLSC's mainly<br />

technical know -how.<br />

A similar strategy of co-operation with sophisticated local entrepreneurs was not found<br />

feasible for <strong>China</strong>. Most co-operation strategies in <strong>China</strong> between foreign and Chinese<br />

businesses are joint ventures between the foreign firm and usually a state owned or state<br />

affiliated company or organisation. While these organisations or companies may contribute a<br />

lot of market knowledge, experience of other foreign companies in the Chinese market has<br />

shown that operating a joint venture successfully demands a lot of skills from the foreign<br />

party. In particular, the generation of a sound understanding of the Chinese market and the<br />

Chinese way of business must not be neglected. While local partners generally offer a variety<br />

56


of relevant contacts to suppliers and customers, their technical and management skills are<br />

much more limited than those of LLSC's typical western co-operation partners.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, it was concluded that LLSC did not have the relevant skills to pursue market entry<br />

speedily in <strong>China</strong>. This was true especially as <strong>China</strong> would have been the company's first<br />

major venture into an Asian market.<br />

It was therefore recommended that LLSC should follow a more moderate approach, acquiring<br />

relevant market knowledge, as well as know -how of joint venture management with Chinese<br />

characteristics. At the same time the company was advised to step up its marketing efforts in<br />

<strong>China</strong> through agents or similar distribution channels to gain first hand market experience<br />

without any significant investment in the region.<br />

This preparation phase would also allow some time for the top management to familiarise<br />

itself with the different market conditions and requirements it would meet in the Chinese<br />

market. With a sufficient preparation phase, management capacity can be built up, and<br />

financing secured.<br />

All planning steps should be pursued with the background knowledge that the specific fit<br />

investigation showed that <strong>China</strong> was a promising market. As soon as the company's general<br />

readiness is assured, market entry will be very promising for LLSC.<br />

3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC)<br />

SPSC is a SME with nearly 500 employees and a turnover of some 150m CHF. It has 2<br />

production facilities and 9 subs idiaries world wide. It focuses on labelling printing machines,<br />

which it partly produces itself and partly trades. One of its strengths is a sophisticated service<br />

system which assures reliable and fast after sales service.<br />

Until the 1980s SPSC was a local company, selling to an international market through<br />

independent agents. This strategy was modified in 1982 with the founding of a subsidiary in<br />

the United States, to which more subsidiaries were added throughout the early 1990s.<br />

In 1994, the company realised, that it has to grow quickly to become a global player in its<br />

market niche. For this reason it re-examined its business, resulting in a reformulation of its<br />

strategy. <strong>The</strong> company's leadership believed that quick and profitable growth was necessary<br />

to survive in an increasingly global and increasingly competitive market environment.<br />

57


General readiness<br />

<strong>The</strong> first step of SPSC's two-fold analysis and self-examination process was to investigate the<br />

company's strengths and weaknesses in face of the new strategic goal. <strong>The</strong> results of such a<br />

SWOT (strengths - weaknesses; opportunities - threats) analysis are shown in TABLE 2-1:<br />

STRENGTHS<br />

• High quality<br />

• Well known products in niche markets<br />

• Strong production skills<br />

• Reputation for excellent service<br />

• Flexibility in business processes<br />

OPPORTUNITIES<br />

• spreading of risk and becoming global<br />

player<br />

• realisation of cost advantages<br />

• realising market potentials<br />

WEAKNESSES<br />

• weak negotiating position<br />

• limited financing resources<br />

• limited personnel, especially management<br />

resources<br />

• little internal information about target<br />

countries and markets<br />

THREATS<br />

• investments of significant magnitude<br />

• market risks difficult to evaluated<br />

• political and various other risks<br />

• potentially too high quality standards for<br />

target market<br />

TABLE 3-1: SWOT analysis for SPSC in respect to market entry in Asia<br />

In the first phase of the analysis process, SPSC therefore realised that its organisation was not<br />

prepared for the typical direct investment market entry method of many large multinational<br />

companies (MNCs). While MNCs have relatively easy access to capital markets and do not<br />

encounter difficulties in hiring able job applicants, smaller companies like SPSC are<br />

disadvantaged in both areas. <strong>The</strong> opportunities, on the other hand, especially the perceived<br />

necessity of becoming a global player, convinced the management to continue pursuing its<br />

goals, albeit with the results of the business self -examination in mind.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company's management reasoned that it needed a tailor-made market entry strategy to<br />

overcome its company specific limitations and to reduce the threats involved in large scale<br />

market entry. <strong>The</strong> result of this analysis process was a strategy of opening up only one wholly<br />

ow ned subsidiary in Southeast- and East Asia and to co-operate in the other countries closely<br />

with locally well-connected partner companies on a contractual basis. <strong>The</strong> plan was to find<br />

58


partner companies with free servicing resources and to support these regional partners through<br />

the core subsidiary company. This strategy would allow a rapid growth in the target region<br />

through relatively uncomplicated partnership agreements while limiting SPSC's own risk<br />

exposure.<br />

Specific fit<br />

After the important first step of investigation was completed, SPSC had to do a more detailed<br />

specific fit analysis.<br />

In its particular case, it was more important to investigate the fit of partner company to SPSC,<br />

rather than the fit of a world-standard product to local necessities. For this reason, project<br />

groups were formed which investigated each potential partner in detail. To achieve reliable<br />

results in a short time, external experts were consulted, who added detailed market knowledge<br />

and a network of local contacts to the project teams.<br />

This specific fit analysis generated not only a list of promising co-operation partners, but also<br />

a good understanding about local markets and the competitive environment. Potential success<br />

factors were also side products of this investigation, as well as a list of likely future clients.<br />

Through this two fold pre -entry business self-examination, SPSC therefore created a highly<br />

successful strategy, that prepared the company in an optimal way for a more global business<br />

environment. In particular, it managed to achieve the following tasks:<br />

Transfer of strengths<br />

<strong>The</strong> own strength of superior customer service could be transferred to the target region by a<br />

carefully selected number of local partner companies.<br />

Through signing partnership agreements with 15 companies in as many countries in only a<br />

few months, economies of scale could be achieved rapidly without an overly usage of capital<br />

and personnel resources.<br />

Reduction of weaknesses<br />

As a result of the new strategy, SPSC's multinational client face an equally multinational<br />

supplier. Additionally, the utilisation of company resources could be kept to a minimum.<br />

Finally, an innovative company with global visions has now a much better chance to attract<br />

highly qualified job applicants.<br />

59


Realising opportunities<br />

Participation in growing markets is realised within an organisational structure that is flexible<br />

enough to allow more aggressive growth if needed, through the finding of more wholly owned<br />

subsidiaries. On the other hand - especially in the view of the recent Asia crisis - the flexible<br />

organisational structure keeps risks at a minimum by having only very few own resources tied<br />

up in the region.<br />

Avoiding of threats<br />

Capital invested in foreign countries is kept minimal. Through the network of local contacts in<br />

connection with a wholly owned subsidiary, gathering of relevant information has become<br />

much more easy. Lastly, overall business risk is being reduced by spreading the activities over<br />

a large variety of markets.<br />

<strong>The</strong> example of SPSC shows how a detailed business self-examination can help to find a very<br />

attractive market entry strategy. By carefully relating the organisation's strengths and<br />

weaknesses to the market entry's opportunities and threats, the company could design a truly<br />

tailor-made and innovative ma rket entry strategy. Analysing the target market alone would<br />

not have been enough. Only the connection with the unique characteristics of the own<br />

company helps to avoid mistakes in the very important early phases of strategic planning for<br />

market entry.<br />

After long months or even years of planning, many - often fruitless - negotiation rounds, and<br />

finally the work intensive phase of building up or revamping Chinese production facilities,<br />

many companies are inclined to lean back and turn their attention to new projects. In a<br />

business environment that is both relatively new and alien to a European SME, as well as<br />

rapidly changing and evolving, such an approach might well be very destructive. A<br />

continuous process of re-evaluation and subsequent re-positioning is necessary in many<br />

projects and often crucial in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

As Paul started to reflect on his <strong>China</strong> business, he began to appreciate the extensiveness of<br />

Mr. Zheng’s preparatory work in the positioning of his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> and in the choice of<br />

partners in <strong>China</strong>. He can see the complimentary nature of his former business partners in<br />

<strong>China</strong> which Mr. Zheng had chosen to work with. Indeed, his business partners have clear<br />

60


strengths which his own company lacks, particularly in relation to the operating environment<br />

and personnel in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next paper entitled “Maximising potential through strategy fit<br />

with potential partners” started to make sense even before Paul started to read it. <strong>The</strong> more he<br />

reads, the more he seems to appreciate the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his choice of business<br />

collaborators as well as his understanding of <strong>China</strong> and doing business there.<br />

Rainer Kirchhofer, a senior Swiss banker and Stephan Lechner, a practising engineer who<br />

both chose to further their management studies at the HSG (NDU programme), wrote:<br />

3.2 Maximising Potential Through Strategic Fit with Potential Partners (by<br />

Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner)<br />

Going from Switzerland to the PRC, one encounters not only a different culture and language,<br />

but also a completely different economic system. In many aspects, e.g. infrastructure and<br />

similar facilities, <strong>China</strong> progresses at a slow pace. Yet in other aspects, such as its dynamic<br />

economic growth and its capability to plan and guide this huge empire, <strong>China</strong> is far ahead of<br />

developing countries. <strong>China</strong>’s diversity from the Yangtze Delta Zone, its vast agricultural<br />

hinterland, and its new Chinese metropolis Hong Kong, as well as its size and long<br />

independent development over thousands of years make <strong>China</strong> in every respect a special case.<br />

This can be seen particularly in its economic development and reform movement. In an<br />

atmosphere reminiscent of the "Klondike Gold Rush“, the streets of Shanghai <strong>China</strong> are filled<br />

with handily equipped foreign business people struggling to learn how to make a profit in a<br />

challenging but at the same time, frustrating, economic environment. 74<br />

3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper<br />

Having had the opportunity to visit the Shanghai area, the authors of this text realised how<br />

difficult it is to do business in <strong>China</strong>. This was seen by visiting some Joint <strong>Venture</strong> (JV)<br />

companies as well as by experiencing first-hand the rapidly growing economy. This study will<br />

focus on Swiss small and medium sized enterprises (SME's) entering the attractive Shanghai<br />

market (see Special Economic Zones (SEZ)). Whether the market entrance is independent or<br />

financially supported by other Swiss institutions or branches within <strong>China</strong>, the following<br />

points will be taken into consideration:<br />

74 <strong>The</strong> trade volume between <strong>China</strong> and Switzerland reached over one billion Swiss Francs in imports<br />

and approx. 840 million Swiss Francs in exports in 1996 (Source: Bulletin of Swiss-Chinese Chamber<br />

of Commerce 01/1997).<br />

61


• What are the roles of and the reasons for the Chinese government’s creating special<br />

economic or free trade zones?<br />

• Where are risks, opportunities, barriers, hurdles, regulations, and laws relating to foreign<br />

investors?<br />

• What kind of support does the Swiss Government provide?<br />

• What role do foreign banks play in supporting SME's entering the Chinese market?<br />

• What are the reasons for Swiss SME's to engage themselves in the Chinese market?<br />

• What are the strategic factors for SME's to be successful in Chinese business?<br />

• What are the requirements for SME's before they even should plan to invest in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

• What are the strategies most likely to prove success for setting up business in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors<br />

3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government<br />

<strong>The</strong> 15 th <strong>China</strong> Communist Party Congress, which took place in September 1997, was the first<br />

congress in 20 years without the physical presence of Deng Xiaoping. Yet the congress was<br />

still under the influence of the "great banner of the Deng-<strong>The</strong>ory“ to lead and forge the<br />

extensive development of ‘<strong>China</strong> socialism’ into the 21 st century. <strong>The</strong> start of the largest<br />

Government reform in the history of the People’s Republic resulted from this congress and<br />

will be published by the spring of 1998 after its ratification of the National People’s<br />

Congress. 75<br />

Mainland <strong>China</strong> is ruled by a Communist Politburo that consists of retired powerful leaders.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se leaders must answer to this Politburo and are required to implement party policies. <strong>The</strong><br />

primary legislators of state power are the State Council or Cabinet and the National People’s<br />

Congress (NPC). Members of the State Council include a premier or Prime Minister, several<br />

vice-premiers, nine state councillors, and the heads of various ministries, commissions, and<br />

agencies attached to the State Council.<br />

75 Neue Zürcher Zeitung, 13.9.97.<br />

62


Central Committee<br />

of the Communist Party<br />

National People's Congress<br />

Consultative Congress<br />

of the Chinese People<br />

President and Vice President State Council Supreme Prosecutor Supreme Court<br />

State Commissions Ministries<br />

State Administrations<br />

and Bureaus<br />

Institutions<br />

e.g. for e.g. for e.g. for - Chinese Academy<br />

of Science<br />

- State Planning - Foreign Trade and - Customs - Chinese Academy<br />

- Industry and Commerce Economic Cooperation - Industry and Commerce of Social Sciences<br />

- Science and Technology - Finance - Taxation - Centre for Research<br />

- Science and Technology - Justice - Environment and Development<br />

for defense - Energy, Water and Railways - Press and Publications - Xinghua Press Agency<br />

- Post and Telecommunication - Statistics<br />

- Radio, Film and Television - Technology Transfer<br />

- specific industry branches<br />

- Agriculture<br />

- People's Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

- State Security<br />

- National Defense<br />

Administrations and Bureaus of the<br />

Commissions and Ministries<br />

- State Administration of Exchange Control<br />

- State Administration for Import and Export of Raw Material<br />

- State Expert Bureau<br />

- State Bureau for Nuclear Security<br />

- State Bureau for Copyright<br />

- State Bureau for Patents<br />

FIGURE 3-1: Organisation of the Government of the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong> 76<br />

Under the Chinese constitution, the NPC is theoretically the state’s highest governing body.<br />

Members are elected by secret ballot for a five-year term by provincial-level People’s<br />

congresses. <strong>The</strong>y meet annually for about two weeks to review major new policy initiatives<br />

presented by the State Council after they have been endorsed by the Communist Party’s<br />

Central Committee. Although the NPC generally approves these initiatives, the NPC<br />

committees debate in closed sessions, and changes may be made to accommodate alternative<br />

views. 77<br />

Overall, <strong>China</strong> finds itself in a difficult transition phase between market and plan. <strong>The</strong> longing<br />

for wealth is one of the main motivations for the actual dynamism of economic development.<br />

However, there is still tendency for a family and clan economy, which supports small and<br />

work intensive enterprise entities and not large and progressive investments in high tech fields<br />

or such areas of businesses. <strong>China</strong> would like to be more than a cheap salary country and an<br />

"outsourced“ work-table for foreign investors. Instead of low tech fields, modern future<br />

76 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch u nd Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 30.<br />

63


technologies and great amounts of capital should be brought into the country. Europe and the<br />

USA are more than welcome to enter the new modern model of the Chinese economy. Yet<br />

success is far from guaranteed. Deng’s reforms liberated millions to earn a decent living and<br />

some to become wealthy. Farmers in the countryside can still only profit from the land but<br />

may not own it outright. People in <strong>China</strong>’s richer coastal provinces look to foreign markets<br />

and investments, rather than to Mr. Jiang’s Beijing. "Today <strong>China</strong>’s state-owned enterprises<br />

still account for around two-fifths of industrial output and soak up four-fifths of investment,<br />

blocking opportunities for more productive companies to create wealth and jobs. In many<br />

ways <strong>China</strong> remains a collectivist nightmare. Nine out of ten Communists at party<br />

headquarters tell you it must stay that way.“ 78<br />

3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ),<br />

and High Technology Development Zones<br />

Special Economic Zones (SEZ)<br />

Deng Xiaoping’s idea that some regions should get preferential treatment and become rich<br />

sooner than others was essential. Between 1979 and 1980, in order to attract foreign<br />

investments, the Chinese Government entitled the Guangdong and Fujian provinces to special<br />

preferential policies and flexibility in their economic activities. On a "trial basis“ five special<br />

economic zones were opened (Shenzhen, Zhuhai, Xiamen, Shantou, and Hainan Island). 79 In<br />

May 1984, <strong>China</strong> opened 14 coastal cities including Shanghai. In the 1990s, the Shanghai<br />

Pudong New Area was opened. <strong>The</strong> opening of all these areas has had a great impact on<br />

inland <strong>China</strong> and the border areas.<br />

So far <strong>China</strong> has established special economic zones, economic and technological<br />

development zones, coastal open cities, coastal open economic regions, riverside open cities,<br />

and tourism and vacation zones. In total, there are ten different types of open regions where<br />

preferential policies are granted for foreign investment. Within these regions, a large number<br />

of infrastructure and service facilities have been established: communications, electric power<br />

supply, telecommunications, water supply, and industrial facilities. All this creates a sound<br />

77<br />

Craighead’s Country Reports, 1996.<br />

78<br />

<strong>The</strong> Economist, 9/97.<br />

79<br />

Ernst and Young, Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, 1994.<br />

64


environment for foreign investment and good living conditions for foreign staff working in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. 80<br />

FIGURE 3-2: Map of <strong>China</strong> 81<br />

<strong>The</strong> run to <strong>China</strong> (possibly due to low growth rates in the industrial countries) favoured the<br />

idea and implementation of special zones. Today approximately 288 special zones are found<br />

within <strong>China</strong>, each having different tax concessions and supportive measures for foreign<br />

investors. Generally, technology and export intensive companies can rely on generous<br />

privileges. Mostly terms and conditions depend on good negotiation skills by the investors.<br />

Suzhou and Wuxi (Province Jiangsu) e.g., two hours from Shanghai by car, are known for<br />

conceding even more privileges in order to attract important foreign investors. 82<br />

Free Trade Zones (FTZ) and High-Technology Development Zones<br />

Free Trade Zones, also known as bonded trade zones, were established primarily to encourage<br />

export processing by allowing the duty-free import of goods and materials. By the end of<br />

1993, there were 13 FTZ's.<br />

<strong>China</strong> has approximately 50 hi-tech industry development zones. <strong>The</strong>se zones were<br />

established to encourage economic and technological development and to attract technology-<br />

intensive and knowledge -intensive enterprises that research, develop, or produce several types<br />

of new technology and related projects, including microelectronics, information technology<br />

and computer software, laser technology, biotechnology, life science and pharmaceuticals,<br />

etc..<br />

80 Wang Yongjun, Investment in <strong>China</strong>, 1997.<br />

81 Source: Internet http://www.emulateme.com/chinamap.htm.<br />

82 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />

65


3.2.3 Foreign Governments<br />

This paper will focus on Swiss Government practices concerning export risk guarantees and<br />

special funding.<br />

3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance<br />

<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee (ERG) is an instrument to facilitate Swiss exporters entering into<br />

contracts with purchasers in countries where uncertain political or economic conditions could<br />

jeopardise receipt of payment. <strong>The</strong> ERG is based on the Swiss Federal Law of September 26,<br />

1958, the relevant decree of the Swiss Fe deral Council of January 15, 1969 and the order of<br />

the Federal Department of the Economy of March 15, 1985. <strong>The</strong> law and decree have since<br />

undergone a number of amendments to adapt them to the rapidly changing requirements of<br />

today's export promotion.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee is available to companies established and registered in<br />

Switzerland and cover may be obtained for the following:<br />

• exports of consumer and capital goods<br />

• constructions and engineering work and other services<br />

• licensing and know -how agreements<br />

• goods on consignment abroad or on exhibition at trade fairs<br />

(cover against seizure of goods or impossibility of re-exportation)<br />

• bid-bonds, down payment guarantees, and performance guarantees<br />

<strong>The</strong> coverable risks include Political risk, Transfer Risk, Commercial Risk, "Unlimited“<br />

contingent currency risk, Manufacturing risk, and Non-coverable risk.<br />

3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses<br />

"<strong>The</strong> Government of Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> signed a ‘memorandum of understanding’ in<br />

October 1996 to launch the ‘Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund’. <strong>The</strong> fund aims at financing and<br />

actively supporting Swiss small and medium sized companies to set-up joint ventures in<br />

<strong>China</strong> faster, in a more efficient way, or in a larger proportion than would be possible without<br />

this new investment promotion initiative. A contribution to sustainable development in the<br />

PRC and improvement of the currently difficult situation of Swiss small and medium sized<br />

enterprises as the basis of the Swiss economy should also be achieved. This fund serves as a<br />

pilot direct investment-program in the PRC and will have a significant impact on the future<br />

66


legal and regulatory environment of direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Swiss Government has<br />

nominated a subsidiary of the ‘State Development Bank of <strong>China</strong>’ to be eventually appointed<br />

fund manager once mutually agreeable negotiations have been concluded and all necessary<br />

details of the funds structure have been approved by the Swiss Federal Council.“ 83<br />

Swiss JV<br />

Partners<br />

+<br />

Subsidiary of State<br />

Development Bank<br />

Investment Committee<br />

PRC JV<br />

Partners<br />

Investments<br />

Debt: min 50%<br />

Equity: min 67%<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Projects<br />

Sino-Swiss<br />

Partnership Fund<br />

Switzerland (min 51%)<br />

Chinese Government<br />

In-/Divestment Due Diligence / Management Support<br />

Administration Decision Control Authority<br />

In-/Divestments:<br />

Debt: max 50%<br />

Equity: max 33%<br />

Max. CHF 5 Mio./project<br />

Initial injection:<br />

Min. CHF 15 Mio.<br />

Max. CHF 49 Mio.<br />

FIGURE 3-3: Preliminary structure of the "Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund" 84<br />

3.2.4 Environment for Investors<br />

3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives<br />

To encourage foreign investment, several tax holidays and benefits are granted. To support<br />

special development in certain areas, the Government has granted special status to the SEZ’s,<br />

14 open coastal cities, coastal open economic zones, high-technology development zones, and<br />

other areas. In these regions, special incentives and privileges are accorded to foreign<br />

investors. <strong>The</strong>se include reduced corporate income tax rates, tax holidays, exemption from or<br />

reduction in withholding taxes for profits remitted overseas, exemption from or reduction in<br />

import and export taxes, lower land-use fees and simplified entry and exit procedures. 85<br />

83<br />

Source: Dr. Daniel V. Christen (Consultant of the Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund), Beijing, March 19,<br />

1997.<br />

84<br />

Source: Seminar OSEC in Zurich, March 19, 1997.<br />

85 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

67


Incentives for Foreign Investors:<br />

In general:<br />

Reduced corporate tax (15 - 24% instead of normally 30%)<br />

No additional income tax (normally 3 - 10% of the corporate tax)<br />

No industry or trade taxes levied on export products<br />

In addition for Sino-foreign production joint ventures:<br />

No corporate tax for the first two years with profits<br />

50% tax reduction for the following 3 respectively 5 years<br />

Additional incentives for the reinvestment of profits for foreign investors:<br />

40% reimbursement of the already paid corporate tax on the reinvested portion of the profit for<br />

minimum 5 following years<br />

100% reimbursement possible in case the reinvestment is used to found a high-tech enterprise for<br />

export purposes only<br />

Customs:<br />

Liberation from customs (and liberation from industry and commerce tax) for the import of raw<br />

materials as well as manufacturing equipment for joint ventures (this regulation was cancelled for<br />

the coastal regions per April 1 st 1996)<br />

Other incentives:<br />

Cheap rents for land use<br />

Good access to public infrastructure<br />

Flexible Government administration<br />

TABLE 3-2: Incentives for foreign investors 86<br />

3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State<br />

Currently, financing for foreign-investment projects in <strong>China</strong> is generally provided partially<br />

by foreign investors and partially through borrowing from overseas banks with suitable<br />

guarantees provided by the Chinese parties. Such external debt is monitored by the State<br />

Administration of Exchange (SAEC). <strong>The</strong> Bank of <strong>China</strong> may provide several types of loans<br />

to foreign-investment enterprises, including fixed asset loans, working capital loans, and loans<br />

secured with cash deposits. Foreign companies may also apply for RMB loans to be secured<br />

by their own foreign-exchange reserves, including foreign exchange borrowed from abroad.<br />

To control the loan guarantee activities of Chinese entities, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and<br />

Economic Co-operation (MOFTEC) has produced a list of Chinese and foreign entities that<br />

are authorised to make financial guarantees to PRC investment projects. <strong>The</strong> Government has<br />

co-operative relationships with the World Bank and is a member of the Asia Development<br />

Bank. In addition, <strong>China</strong> has been granted low -interest loans by many state-owned banks of<br />

different countries, and these loans may be used to finance investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. 87<br />

86 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 60.<br />

87 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

68


3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s various types of law and accounting firms are extremely important and indispensable<br />

to foreign investment since a foreign business’s investment in a Chinese enterprise is<br />

governed by Chinese law, as are investment and operational activities. <strong>The</strong> state council<br />

initiates and oversees the legislative process, with the assistance and input of the appropriate<br />

Government departments, organisations, and other relevant institutions. Laws subsequently<br />

are voted on by the NPC or its standing committee.<br />

Since the beginning of Deng’s open door policy, <strong>China</strong> has begun to develop a legal<br />

framework to benefit investors and to facilitate foreign investment. Much of the enacted<br />

legislation is broadly written, and <strong>China</strong> is gradually filling in the details. <strong>The</strong> Chinese<br />

economy is developing more rapidly than its legal system. In addition, Chinese law is often<br />

inaccessible since some laws are published only in Chinese, and many internal regulations are<br />

not published at all. 88<br />

Since the fostering of foreign investment today is one of the ultimate goals, <strong>China</strong> places great<br />

importance on establishing, also in respect of law, a calculable environment for foreign<br />

capital. As long as <strong>China</strong> wants to maintain its image as a magnet for world -wide investment<br />

streams into its country, there will be some degree of dependability. This could mean, as<br />

Spinoza said, "Everyone has as much right as he has power“.<br />

Due to the relatively underdeveloped legal system, detailed written contracts are crucial in<br />

order to forestall misunderstandings and to fill existing gaps. Concerning accounting, for all<br />

foreign companies (including WFOE’s) accounting rules and re gulations have to be followed<br />

according to Chinese rules and in the Chinese language. Legal basis is the Accounting<br />

Regulations Application to Sino-Foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of the years 1985/1992<br />

respectively to Sino-Foreign Investment Enterprises of July 1992. 89<br />

3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use<br />

<strong>The</strong> main policies, laws, and regulations concerning land use by FIE’s are the Law of the PRC<br />

on Land Administration and the Law of the PRC on Chinese-Foreign Equity JV. Land-use by<br />

FIE’s means the use of land necessary for the construction, operation, and production of their<br />

projects as well as the development and management of tracts of land by such enterprises. <strong>The</strong><br />

88 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

89 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133.<br />

69


characteristics in this regard can be summed up as the use of land with compensation and<br />

within a limited period of time by foreign-invested enterprises and by signing a land use<br />

contract, defining the rights and obligations of both the land user and the land owner.<br />

In <strong>China</strong>, there are different ways for foreign-invested enterprises to obtain state-owned land<br />

use rights. <strong>The</strong> following two ways are most practised:<br />

Granting of State-Owned Land Use Rights<br />

According to the Provisional Regulations on Granting and Transferring of Use Rights of<br />

Urban State-Owned Land of the PRC, the state as the landowner, may, by means of public<br />

bidding, auction, or agreement, extend land use rights for a certain number of years to FIE’s<br />

(maximum 50 years).<br />

FIE’s pay for it a lump-sum fee, sign a contract obtaining the land use rights with the state<br />

land management department, go through registration formalities, and acquire a land use<br />

certificate. Land use rights obtained in this way can be transferred, leased, or mortgaged.<br />

Leasing Buildings and Sites<br />

By this land use method, FIE's may lease buildings or sites directly from state-run enterprises,<br />

urban collective -run enterprises, township enterprises, or other urban collective economic<br />

organisations and pay them either annual or monthly rent as set out in the leasing contract<br />

between them. 90<br />

3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property<br />

<strong>The</strong> Trademark Law is a modern piece of legislation (NPC,1983) drawn from extensive<br />

research carried out by Chinese specialists who worked in foreign countries and as well with<br />

the World Intellectual Property Organization of the United Nations. <strong>The</strong> Trademark Law led<br />

to the following major developments:<br />

• the emergence of the concept of exclusive rights in <strong>China</strong><br />

• the introduction of a voluntary registration system<br />

• clear procedures for trademark application examination and registration<br />

• the linking of trademark rights to quality control<br />

90 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp 147.<br />

70


• <strong>China</strong>’s entry into membership of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Intellectual<br />

Property<br />

<strong>The</strong> patent law was introduced in 1985. To satisfy foreign investor concerns over the<br />

protection of computer software, specific regulations were promulgated by the Government to<br />

protect computer software and to establish a system of registration. As a result of these<br />

important developments, <strong>China</strong>’s system for the protection of intellectual property is<br />

complete. 91<br />

3.2.4.6 Guanxi<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s traditional politic al system was fundamentally a pattern of personal relationships.<br />

Today, personal relationships known as guanxi form an invisible network which often<br />

provides the most efficient way of getting anything done. <strong>The</strong>refore, the extent of one’s own<br />

personal guanxi may determine the legality of what one does. Given the strong increase of<br />

Chinese legislation, it is easy to assume that the written law in itself is the law. Unaware of<br />

the informal systems functioning beyond the statute, a foreigner may find himself working<br />

with only part of the system. <strong>The</strong> obligation to help and support is the crucial factor in<br />

Chinese networks. <strong>The</strong>re are three different degrees of obligation:<br />

• the strongest form of guanxi is caused through birth. For family members it is a natural<br />

duty to support and trust each other. <strong>The</strong> family is the central basis of Chinese society and<br />

the business environment, which is supported by their "Confucian“ values.<br />

• the second form of obligation stems from life experience. <strong>The</strong>se are personal ties formed<br />

prior to a business career. School-, University-, Army-friendships, which build life -long<br />

solidarity towards each other.<br />

• the third and weakest form of obligation is based on personal connections from business.<br />

Since the reform area has started, business associations, such as the "Individual Laborers<br />

Associations“ or "<strong>The</strong> Young Factory Director and Manager Associations“, etc. have been<br />

established in Shanghai in order to build a business network.<br />

Most successful businessmen realise the importance of guanxi, and all of them have their<br />

relationships, but only in their "Western world“ and business environment. <strong>The</strong> above<br />

mentioned first form is inaccessible to foreigners, and the second is very hard to achieve.<br />

91 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p.19.<br />

71


Only a so called "ad-hoc guanxi“ or the relationship thr ough informal associations could be a<br />

realistic aim for a foreign investor in order to build up an obligation relationship with Chinese<br />

partners. 92<br />

It is a prejudice in the Western world that Chinese entrepreneurs are regarded as "patriarchal<br />

autocrats" who alone reign over huge and hierarchically structured companies. A<br />

decentralised leadership culture is much more common relying on delegation of responsibility<br />

and trustful connections. This is mostly due to the control of the family network still present<br />

today and widely used by the middle class as a reliably working credit system. 93 In <strong>China</strong>,<br />

with her close knit of family ties, borrowing from family members is very common. Other<br />

sources of financing are "tontines" or "huay", an informal system of banking commonly found<br />

among Chinese. 94<br />

3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection<br />

According to the relevant Chinese laws and regulations, projects with foreign investments that<br />

affect the environment must be in compliance with <strong>China</strong>’s regulations regarding<br />

environmental protection of investment projects, following examination and approval<br />

procedures, to avoid damage to <strong>China</strong>’s environment arising from random construction.<br />

According to the Decision of the State Council on the Focal Points of the Present Industrial<br />

Policies, <strong>China</strong> does the following:<br />

• exercises strict control over imported raw materials, products, technologies, and equipment<br />

that result in serious environmental pollution that is hard to treat, in order to prevent<br />

foreign polluting sources from entering <strong>China</strong><br />

• forbids the introduction of projects that degrade natural resources or human health or<br />

seriously pollute the environment with no effective counteractive measures or emit<br />

pollutants that exceed State standards<br />

• restricts the introduction of projects that may result in serious hard to treat environmental<br />

pollution, such as dismantling and reconditioning of old vehicles or retreating of old tires<br />

92 Students' report on excursion to Shanghai, FIM at Hochschule St. Gallen, 1997.<br />

93 Source: "<strong>The</strong> Chinese Connection" from Swiss periodical "Bilanz", issue 6/1997, p. 94.<br />

94 Sources of business financing and financing practices, Chong Li Choy, 1990.<br />

72


• stipulates that advanced technologies and relevant advanced facilities for environmental<br />

protection shall be concurrently introduced for projects involving pollution problems for<br />

which <strong>China</strong> does not have relevant treatment facilities.<br />

Foreign businesses are encouraged to introduce highly efficient pesticide technologies with<br />

low toxic content and environmental pollution treatment technologies and to establish projects<br />

with advanced technologies such as commodity paper pulp, leather processing, highly<br />

efficient raw chemical drugs and pharmaceutical intermediates. 95<br />

3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

In general, Foreign Investment Enterprises (FIE’s) must contribute to the development of<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s economy. <strong>The</strong> Chinese State planners and MOFTEC describe the following goals<br />

concerning foreign investments: 96<br />

• Import of technology and promotion of technical renovation<br />

• Import of capital and increase foreign-currency income<br />

• Quick returns, greater profitability, and promotion of efficiency<br />

• Improvement of product quality and increase product variety and the international<br />

competitiveness<br />

• Improvement of the Chinese balance of trade through exports to other countries<br />

• Enabling the training of technical and managerial personnel<br />

FIE’s include:<br />

• Sino-foreign equity joint ventures<br />

• co-operative (or contractual) joint ventures<br />

• wholly foreign-owned enterprises<br />

• Chinese holding companies<br />

95 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp. 153.<br />

96 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133 and<br />

Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />

73


3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s are governed by the law on "JV-Using Chinese and Foreign<br />

Investment“ (1979/1990) and by related regulations on such matters as registration, taxation,<br />

labour, accounting, minimum equity requirements, and contributions of registered capital. An<br />

equity JV must be formed as a limited liability company. Parties to the JV may include<br />

Chinese corporations, enterprises or other entities, and one or more foreign companies,<br />

enterprises, or individuals. (Schindler, Switzerland, 4.7.1980, first JV in <strong>China</strong>). 97<br />

Equity investments in JV's may be made in the form of cash, equipment and machinery,<br />

technology and industrial property rights, and other assets. By law, the foreign party must<br />

contribute at least 25% of the total registered capital. In practice, the capital contribution<br />

percentage is normally closer to 50% for each investor. <strong>The</strong> most common contributions from<br />

Chinese partners are land, labour, factory buildings, and raw materials. Partners share profits<br />

and bear risks and losses in proportion to their equity contributions. 98<br />

3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV)<br />

In contrast to equity JV's, Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s offer greater flexibility in structuring<br />

an investment. <strong>The</strong> participants may use buildings, equipment, land-use rights, intellectual<br />

property, and other investments without having to express these contributions in monetary<br />

terms. Parties are free to agree on the method or timing of profit distribution. In addition,<br />

arrangements may be made to enable the foreign partner to recover its investments before the<br />

expiration of the JV-investors establish CJV's for projects that have a limited duration and a<br />

specific objective, such as the construction of a building, hotel, or factory. 99<br />

3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)<br />

Wholly foreign-owned enterprises are governed by the law on "Sole Foreign Investment<br />

Enterprises“ (1986). Although JV's are the most common form of foreign investment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, investments in WFOE have increased substantially in recent years as a result of the<br />

relative convenience and simplicity in setting up and operating such enterprises. Like equity<br />

JV's, WFOE's must stress the development of <strong>China</strong>’s economy. In general, a WFOE is<br />

formed as a limited liability company but may be established as another form of entity upon<br />

97 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 43.<br />

98 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />

99 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />

74


Government approval. Foreign investors may remit abroad profits earned from the enterprise<br />

or other legitimate income. 100<br />

After a survey of the "Delegation of German Industry and Commerce (1995)“, a WFOE is<br />

preferred by foreign investors under the following conditions:<br />

• the produced products target a narrowly limited customer base (which the Western<br />

enterprise knows and to which it alone can also provide services without a Chinese partner.<br />

• the head enterprise is deeply rooted in the Western culture and would like to transfer its<br />

corporate culture exactly on a one -to-one basis<br />

• the enterprise produces in the high-tech-area and would like to exercise maximum control<br />

over production processes and products<br />

• the enterprise operates in a surroundings (location) within <strong>China</strong>, in which the legal and<br />

administrative infrastructure is relative advanced, efficient, and reliable (this point makes it<br />

especially clear why so many purely foreign companies are found in the coastal regions).<br />

• it concerns a small and medium sized enterprise<br />

3.2.5.4 Chinese Holding Companies<br />

Chinese authorities finally have approved the formation of Chinese Holding Companies<br />

(CHC) by foreign investors. CHC’s are corporate arrangements under which a foreign<br />

investor forms a wholly owned subsidiary in <strong>China</strong> for the sole purpose of holding investment<br />

interests, including equity joint ventures and WFOE’s. So far no published regulations<br />

concerning the approval of CHC’s exist, and CHC’s are approved on a case -by-case basis by<br />

MOFTEC. <strong>The</strong> minimum capital investment of a CHC must be at least US$ 30 million.<br />

CHC's enjoy a number of tax and other advantages as for e.g. employ local PRC nationals in<br />

its own name without going through authorised employment agencies or act as an agent for<br />

sourcing raw materials a nd for export sales of finished goods from its subsidiaries, etc. 101<br />

100 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />

101 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 46 and <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen<br />

Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />

75


3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles<br />

<strong>The</strong> form of investment chosen is a function of balancing management control with financial<br />

exposure 102 :<br />

Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Wholly Foreign-Owned<br />

Enterprise<br />

increased control<br />

Chinese Holding Company<br />

(see text above)<br />

FIGURE 3-4: Management control vs. financial exposure of various investment vehicles<br />

102 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p. 17 and <strong>China</strong> -<br />

Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.134.<br />

increased exposure<br />

76


Co-operative Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong><br />

Status Partner structure<br />

May acquire status of<br />

legal entity if<br />

requirements are met and<br />

stated in contract<br />

Liability Individual Liability of<br />

parties may be limited by<br />

parties in their contract<br />

Manage -ment If registered as a legal<br />

entity Board of Directors<br />

must be established at the<br />

outset<br />

If not established as a<br />

legal entity, a joint<br />

management committee<br />

Capital<br />

contribution<br />

should be set up<br />

Law does not provide for<br />

capital contribution ratio<br />

between p arties<br />

Foreign: usually<br />

equipment and technology<br />

Chinese: usually labour,<br />

land and cash<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Wholly Foreign-owned<br />

Investment Enterprise<br />

Corporate structure<br />

Status of legal entity<br />

Limited liability within<br />

limits of parties’ capital<br />

Board of Directors<br />

Regulate by articles of<br />

association<br />

Joint management and<br />

operation<br />

Specific min. on foreign<br />

party’s contribution:25%<br />

of registered capital<br />

Foreign: usually<br />

equipment and technology<br />

Chinese: usually labour,<br />

land and cash<br />

Set time schedule for<br />

putting up contribution<br />

Corporate structure<br />

Status of legal entity<br />

Liability limited to<br />

registered capital<br />

Board of Directors<br />

Regulated by articles of<br />

association<br />

Autonomy in operation<br />

and management<br />

Solely from foreign<br />

investors<br />

Profits from other JV's in<br />

<strong>China</strong> with permission<br />

from authorities<br />

Restrictions Nil Nil Advanced technology<br />

Export oriented<br />

Profit-sharing According to ratio According to capital No sharing, entirely for<br />

specified in contract contribution ratio the foreign pocket<br />

Termination According to the contract Terms: generally 10-50<br />

years<br />

No perpetual succession<br />

Specific Flexible structure and Most common for JV's Permit only obtainable<br />

features more liberty status than "expected" from Chinese with high-tech production<br />

with EJV's<br />

side<br />

facilities and export of<br />

Suitable for small projects<br />

min. 50% of manufactured<br />

without foreign<br />

involvement in<br />

management<br />

goods<br />

TABLE 3-3: Overview of investment vehicles in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> following table gives an overview of the development of forms of co-operation in<br />

<strong>China</strong>: 103<br />

103 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 135.<br />

77


Number of Projects<br />

60000<br />

50000<br />

40000<br />

30000<br />

20000<br />

10000<br />

0<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprises<br />

1979-<br />

1989<br />

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994<br />

FIGURE 3-5: Development of forms of co-operation in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.6 Strategy Planning<br />

Normally businesses are only oriented to <strong>China</strong> if enterprises are convinced to have suitable<br />

products, technologies or even ideas. One knows the Home and the European markets, basing<br />

thereon successfully proven concepts and strategies and now wants to participate in the huge<br />

economic increase and chances of the Chinese market.<br />

But even the most experienced and successful businessman is confronted here with hurdles<br />

and challenges he has never met. <strong>The</strong> chances of this booming world region lure companies<br />

from everywhere. But here they meet competitors from the Asian region who profit from the<br />

advantage to be located closer to <strong>China</strong> than he is. <strong>The</strong> reason of the difficulties of Western<br />

enterprises lies also on the different culture and the complicated economic system.<br />

"Men who do not think in advance, normally face difficulties“ said Confucius. Every<br />

engagement in <strong>China</strong> therefore should be carefully planned. It needs a profound market<br />

research and a matching check with the own goals and possibilities. This means also a need<br />

for co-ordination amongst product- and productivity-profiles and market demand as well as a<br />

provisional cost/benefit-calculation. Crucial as well are a realistic time horizon and the<br />

preparation of the necessary resources.<br />

78


Reflecting on these points the following checklist helps to find answers to various strategic<br />

questions concerning the <strong>China</strong> engagement:<br />

Subject Questions<br />

Goals Which goals do we want to achieve with our engagement within <strong>China</strong>? Do we expect<br />

higher turnover and returns or do we expect primarily a bigger market share and a<br />

physical presence in this huge and fast growing market?<br />

Time horizon What is our time horizon? Do we consider <strong>China</strong> as a sales market or as a base for<br />

production or even as a base of investment and distribution in the whole of Asia?<br />

Business field,<br />

products and services<br />

Technologies, material<br />

and process<br />

What is suitable for this market respectively which new solutions are needed? Are we<br />

capable (resources, know how) and do we wish to develop new products or innovations<br />

for this market?<br />

Which technologies are appropriate and useful for the sales respectively the production<br />

in <strong>China</strong>? Where is a need for further adapted technologies and research activities or<br />

innovations?<br />

Market Which markets (product markets, regional markets) and which clients (state, private)<br />

do we want to reach and primarily serve? Is there a fit between customer target groups<br />

and/or regional target groups with our organisational concept? W hat is to do to be<br />

Production-place &<br />

infrastructure<br />

better placed (market) and positioned (marketing) in these markets?<br />

Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />

goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />

on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />

Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />

other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />

to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />

Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />

Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />

our com petitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />

Human resources &<br />

training<br />

Product ion-place &<br />

infrastructure<br />

position?<br />

Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />

Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />

organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />

<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />

Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />

goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />

on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />

Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />

other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />

to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />

Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />

Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />

our competitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />

Human resources &<br />

training<br />

position?<br />

Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />

Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />

organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />

<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />

TABLE 3-4: Strategic questions for SME's planning to invest in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.7 Risk Analysis<br />

Risks from business engagement in <strong>China</strong> may be minimised by thorough preparation not<br />

only in the economic but also in the cultural sector as the peculiarities of <strong>China</strong> significantly<br />

79


influence all activities. A deeper understanding of economic and social connections is<br />

virtually impossible without having at least a basic knowledge of the Chinese language, way<br />

of thinking, and culture.<br />

Only a dedicated preparation well in advance helps to avoid the most common errors when<br />

setting up business in <strong>China</strong>: 104<br />

Type of Risk Consequences<br />

Risks from false<br />

estimation of the<br />

economic environment<br />

Risks from intercultural<br />

misinterpretations<br />

Risks from the human<br />

resources environment of<br />

the company<br />

Risks from the<br />

environment of<br />

expatriates<br />

losses through unforeseen changes of <strong>China</strong>’s economy politics (e.g. project<br />

acceptance, custom and import regulations)<br />

false investments due to the fact that market prognoses were wrong, or strategy<br />

non-fit (market entry, JV -foundation, technology transfer, product design,<br />

marketing)<br />

costly errors when evaluating projects, partners and location<br />

wrong estimation of Chinese partner’s performance and intents (different wishes<br />

and conditions at common projects)<br />

Difficulties at the acceptance and realisation of delivery of goods and projects<br />

(further negotiations, delay of time, delivery and payments)<br />

Unexpected changes concerning priorities, wishes, regulations or conditions of<br />

the Chinese partner or involved State partner delivery delays or production stops<br />

through unreliable partners or through faults in the Chinese infrastructure<br />

technology setbacks through quality deficits<br />

mutual mistrust and false estimations<br />

insufficient information transfer<br />

delays and failures at negotiations and in project planning<br />

Too much expectations from Chinese workers and insufficient instructions at the<br />

workplace<br />

Frustration and early repatriation of expatriates<br />

damage of company image in <strong>China</strong><br />

errors and failures at the search and selection of qualified employees (Chinese<br />

workers and expatriates)<br />

Management problems when working together because of insufficient preparation<br />

and instruction of new employees or new projects<br />

Loss of quality because of insufficient training of employees<br />

High expatriate costs at "repatriation-actions“<br />

Wrong investment in training and education at high labour fluctuation (Chinese<br />

workers very often quickly change jobs)<br />

personal load through different life-style and conditions and lack of adaptability at<br />

the host location<br />

Tense situations and problems within families or partnership<br />

Career break in case of failure<br />

early repatriation<br />

TABLE 3-5: Risk analysis of investments in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments<br />

<strong>The</strong> following tables give an overview of the key success factors for an engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Some of the factors are valid for any business in <strong>China</strong>, whereas others are specific for one or<br />

the other form of co-operation:<br />

104 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach e t al., 1997, p. 146.<br />

80


Success Factors concerning Products and Markets: 105<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Chinese clients<br />

respectively<br />

suppliers<br />

knowledge of needs, purchasing power<br />

market volumina, market structure (regional, client and product oriented)<br />

consumer habits<br />

Products market adapted product choice and product spectrum<br />

adoption at local consum er habits (e.g. washing of clothes with cold water only)<br />

and distribution channels (critical: perishable goods)<br />

matching quantity, price and quality<br />

Price costs of production, delivery and supply<br />

import/export: including customs, transport and insurance<br />

joint ventures: incl. compensation and benefits (locals and expatriates)<br />

costs for all kind of raw material, auxiliary material and finished products (incl.<br />

energy)<br />

cost of waste disposal<br />

lease for land use and tax write-offs of manufacturing facilities, machines and<br />

production facilities<br />

travel costs for negotiators, company-own consultants, training and delegation<br />

journeys, engineers and salesmen<br />

competitor situation<br />

Technology &<br />

Know -how<br />

price sensitiveness of customers<br />

technology transfer, adaptability to customer income-situation, needs, and quality<br />

degree (power supply irregularities)<br />

legal protection of industrial property<br />

training need of sales department employees and clients<br />

Competition local, regional and international competitors and their product spectrum,<br />

distribution channels and strategies<br />

For Licensing Agreements and Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s additionally: toughening up own and<br />

future competition<br />

Sales & Marketing brand name usable within <strong>China</strong> or introduction of new brand name for the new<br />

<strong>China</strong> market<br />

reputation and image (of quality) of company and brand<br />

brand protection<br />

take into consideration the Chinese symbolic meaning of certain signs, words,<br />

colours and forms<br />

Environment trade roots, ports (Shanghai, Hong Kong)<br />

infrastructure for transport, warehousing and distribution, delivery times and costs<br />

(and security)<br />

customs and tax aspects<br />

actual foreign economy and trade policy<br />

For JV and WFOE’s additionally: long negotiations and permits of state involved<br />

persons and offices<br />

TABLE 3-6: Key success factors concerning products and markets<br />

105 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

81


Success Factors concerning Chinese Partners: 106<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Suppliers and<br />

distributors<br />

knowledge of country and market, sources of supply, distribution channels,<br />

guanxi<br />

compatible goals at JV (Problem: same bed, different dreams)<br />

productivity, strengths and weaknesses<br />

reliability and mentality<br />

Management say import/export businesses:<br />

- no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties<br />

- fair supply conditions for both sides<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- sharing out of management responsibilities<br />

- consensus finding in strategic, tactic and operational questions<br />

– entrepreneurial liberties sometimes limited due to Chinese laws, rules and<br />

regulations<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties but possibly difficult acting as a<br />

foreigner in an existing relationship network (sometimes also restrictions due to<br />

Chinese laws, rules and regulations)<br />

Human Resources import/export businesses:<br />

-experience and qualification of local Chinese workers and partners<br />

-employment and loyalty of Chinese workers and partners respectively<br />

fairness and experience of business agents<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- Chinese workers mostly come from Chinese partner,<br />

- depending on the JV contract only limited say in personnel politics<br />

(selection, compensation, dismissing)<br />

- possibly very expensive social benefits, if partner was former<br />

State enterprise<br />

- experience and qualification of Chinese staff (especially<br />

knowledge of modern technology and work tools, quality<br />

and cost awareness, accounting and calculation, marketing)<br />

- performance and loyalty of Chinese staff<br />

- high compensation amounts for expatriates, management personnel and<br />

specialists (up to CHF 500’000.- per capita<br />

per year)<br />

- intercultural collaboration, intercultural training<br />

- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

- possibly difficulties with hiring new personnel: direct or via Chinese (semi-)<br />

State Employment Agency<br />

- experience and qualification of Chinese staff<br />

- possibly minor loyalty to a wholly foreign-owned company<br />

- intercultural training<br />

- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />

TABLE 3-7: Key success factors concerning Chinese partners<br />

106 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

82


Success Factors concerning Company Structure and Administration: 107<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Financing import/export:<br />

- pre financing need<br />

– securities<br />

– payment methods (generally letter of credit)<br />

– international experience of involved bank<br />

co-operation:<br />

- height and settlement date of financial liabilities<br />

- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />

– availability of foreign exchange<br />

- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- amount of investment (equity provisions, capital investment,<br />

valuation of investments input<br />

– prerequisites and settlement dates of financial investments<br />

- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />

– availability of foreign exchange<br />

- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

- amount of investment<br />

– availability of foreign exchange and transfer of earnings<br />

– risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

Accounting Import/export:<br />

- balancing, valuation of goods, delivery responsibilities and valuation<br />

of goods in transfer<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />

- valuation of involved investment<br />

– introduction of modern accounting systems<br />

– adoption of accounting and balancing to Chinese rules<br />

and regulations (trade and tax law)<br />

Administration Import/export:<br />

- comparatively low need of adoption of organisation<br />

– securing of an efficient handling on site and in the headquarters<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />

- adoption of structure to headquarters (establishing a separate entity<br />

in <strong>China</strong> or fitting in into headquarters product<br />

or business division)<br />

– securing a special report system from foreign site to headquarters<br />

TABLE 3-8: Key success factors concerning company structure and administration<br />

3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile<br />

From the facts discussed in the previous papers, an "ideal profile" for an entity (either being<br />

an SME on its own or together with Chinese and other partners) may be defined. <strong>The</strong><br />

following diagrams show a combination of characteristics of partnering companies, which are<br />

considered to be essential for a business engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

107 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

83


On each axis of the diagram a scale of 1 to 10 gives an indication to what extent the property<br />

is realised within the respective partnering company.<br />

An ideal profile for installing a successful business is defined as value 10 on each single<br />

dimension:<br />

Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-6: Ideal profile of a company investing in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles<br />

Financial Power and Capital<br />

This dimension expresses a company’s ability to raise capital for an investment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Fund raising is a major problem for SME’s: generally European banks’ do not want to get<br />

involved into an engagement with an SME having highly risky strategies like setting up a<br />

production facility in <strong>China</strong>. Also potential Chinese partners being state owned companies<br />

with rather unsatisfying performance rarely can afford the funds to invest into such projects.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore successful SME’s would either be capable of financing the project completely from<br />

their cash flow or would look for other non-Chinese partner companies to raise the necessary<br />

capital.<br />

Another source of funds may be Government programs to support small and medium<br />

enterprises with venture capital. However, usually only innovative and projects involved in<br />

84


high-technology are eligible for these schemes. Hence access is limited to a fairly small<br />

number of SME’s.<br />

Available Management Resources<br />

SME’s rarely have enough human resources to allow their managers to dedicate themselves<br />

completely to setting up the new business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore it is crucial to plan well in advance an expansion into the Chinese market in order<br />

to provide in time the absolutely necessary management manpower for such a project.<br />

<strong>The</strong> person in charge of the <strong>China</strong> project does not necessarily have to be of European origin -<br />

in fact it is very helpful to employ a Chinese for this task as he will not have to overcome the<br />

barriers of language and mentality. According to opinions of SME’s having set up business in<br />

<strong>China</strong> successfully management resources is among the most important factors deciding over<br />

success or failure of the enterprise.<br />

Suitability of Product and Service Portfolio<br />

<strong>The</strong> products and/or services to be manufactured in <strong>China</strong> should sell well on the Chinese<br />

domestic market. Chinese Government does not appreciate manufacturing for export only as<br />

this would not benefit the Chinese economy to the desired extent.<br />

An exception to that rule are goods requiring a high-tech production lines as in this case the<br />

Chinese economy benefits from technology and know-how transfer from the foreign investor.<br />

Also total production costs of the goods (raw materials, energy, labour, taxes, etc.) are<br />

comparatively high so that - in case one looks for cheap production only - investment in a<br />

different country would be more recommended.<br />

Production Know-how<br />

This dimension describes the level of know-how for manufacturing specific goods.<br />

Generally this know-how is very high in SME’s, but may be at a comparatively low level at<br />

the Chinese partners.<br />

It is a pre-requisite for joint ventures that the SME is willing to share its know -how with the<br />

Chinese partner. In case the manufacturing technology should not be disclosed for strategic<br />

reasons the SME should only invest into a wholly foreign owned company in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

85


Quality of Infrastructure<br />

One major task for the set-up of a new enterprise is finding the appropriate location to install a<br />

manufacturing plant. Although local governments are willing to attract new businesses in<br />

order to increase their tax income, the procedure for obtaining various permits is tedious and<br />

time consuming. Potential Chinese partners could provide a suitable infrastructure with their<br />

existing manufacturing plants to a certain extent. However, buildings and equipment are<br />

generally not at the desired level of technology so that they probably may not be used further<br />

for production without major investment and upgrades.<br />

However, several business parks have been set up by provincial and regional governments or<br />

even by joint-ventures between local and foreign governments (e.g. Singapore-Suzhou<br />

Business Park in Suzhou (Zhejiang)). <strong>The</strong>se business parks provide excellent facilities for<br />

manufacturing plants with all necessary installations for water, electricity and communication.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y also set up accommodation for management and leading personnel within their<br />

premises.<br />

Relationship (Guanxi)<br />

Guanxi is the magic word in Chinese business: without personal relationship to authorities,<br />

customers, business partners etc. virtually no business is possible in <strong>China</strong>. As it takes time to<br />

build relationships, SME’s generally do not have sufficient guanxi in the start-up phase of<br />

their project to be successful on the Chinese domestic market. <strong>The</strong>refore it is advisable to<br />

found a joint venture with a Chinese partner who brings his guanxi into the partnership. Also<br />

the involvement of a local person in the management of the manufacturing plant is extremely<br />

helpful due to that reason.<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

SME’s planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> most probably already have a certain knowledge of the<br />

local market. However, this knowledge may be restricted to the import of goods only, which<br />

may differ significantly from selling locally produced goods on the market. As with guanxi,<br />

the know -how of a Chinese partner will significantly influence the success of a newly<br />

established enterprise.<br />

86


Available Distribution Channels<br />

A major problem in <strong>China</strong> is the geographic distribution of the manufactured goods. Not only<br />

road transport is lengthy and unsafe but also railway transport is unreliable due to the<br />

authorities’ preference policy for "strategic transports" like coal or military equipment. It is<br />

also necessary to be accepted as a supplier for certain goods by major customers (like<br />

wholesalers, supermarkets, etc.) - a task which mostly can be accomplished only with<br />

sufficient guanxi. Here again the know-how of the Chinese partner is vital.<br />

3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies<br />

Small or Medium Enterprises<br />

A small or medium enterprise planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> has to have a suitable portfolio of<br />

products and/or services for the Chinese domestic market. As this is a pre -requisite for any<br />

further reflection this dimension is marked 10 in the following diagram. <strong>The</strong> enterprises also<br />

have an excellent know-how of their production technology as they otherwise could not even<br />

survive on their home market.<br />

All dimensions concerning local Chinese factors such as infrastructure, distribution channels<br />

and especially guanxi are only little developed if at all and have to be backed up by a suitable<br />

partner. However, there is a certain knowledge of the Chinese market as SME’s typically<br />

already have a relationship with <strong>China</strong> due to export business prior to planning a direct<br />

investment.<br />

Financial power of SME’s generally is not sufficient in order to install a business in <strong>China</strong> so<br />

that either external financial sources have to be found (which usually is difficult due to the<br />

high exposure to risk) or alternative solutions have to be practised such as providing<br />

machinery and equipment for a joint venture. However, free management resources are the<br />

most difficult problem to solve for SME’s and at the same time are the most crucial success<br />

factor. Without full support by management any trial to set up a business in <strong>China</strong> is most<br />

likely to fail.<br />

87


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-7: Profile of a typical small or medium enterprise<br />

Chinese Partners for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Potential Chinese partners for a joint venture bring good relationship with customers,<br />

suppliers, authorities etc. with them but usually lack production know-how and/or the<br />

appropriate manufacturing equipment and machinery. <strong>The</strong>ir infrastructure and technology<br />

have to be updated to reach acceptable standards. Additionally, their product portfolio may<br />

not meet the market demand any longer due to the recent changes in Chinese society. Being<br />

state -owned enterprises they not only lack financial power to restructure the company<br />

appropriately but also very unlikely have the necessary management resources for such a task.<br />

Except for financial power and management resources they are the ideal partners for SME’s.<br />

88


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

FIGURE 3-8: Profile of a Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner<br />

Banks and Government Institutions<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Foreign banks may act as lenders of capital for SME’s and their Chinese joint venture<br />

partners. However, the present practice of European banks is not to take fairly high risks with<br />

such an engagement in return of a comparatively low margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is disappointingly<br />

difficult to raise capital through banks for this kind of projects. Alternatively, foreign<br />

governments run programs to support SME’s with venture capital to a certain extent.<br />

Once established in <strong>China</strong>, SME’s may use the banks’ connections to the industry to gain<br />

access to certain markets. Also Government institutions like the "Delegation of German<br />

Industry and Commerce“ or the Swiss Embassy based Beijing and Shanghai support SME’s<br />

with know-how and makes contact to various potential partners for joint ventures. <strong>The</strong>y also<br />

assist with legal advice during the set-up phase of the new company.<br />

89


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-9: Profile of foreign banks and Government institutions<br />

Business Parks<br />

Business parks are established to attract foreign investors to <strong>China</strong> by providing the necessary<br />

infrastructure such as land, buildings, electricity, energy, etc. Although they charge a certain<br />

price for their services they may be a good choice for SME’s not intending to set up a joint<br />

venture with a Chinese partner. Certain business parks also provide so called "Incubators“,<br />

which are already equipped facilities specially designed for small enterprises still developing<br />

marketable products for <strong>China</strong>. Access to these facilities is given with time limits only to<br />

enable also other young enterprises to take advantage of these institution. Business parks may<br />

further act as platform for information exchange by providing access to other companies<br />

being in a similar situation of starting up business.<br />

90


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

FIGURE 3-10: Profile of business parks<br />

Optimum Partnership<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

<strong>The</strong> following profile shows a theoretical optimum for the combination of the characteristics<br />

of SME’s, Chinese joint venture partners, banks, Government institutions and business parks.<br />

Obviously all important dimensions may be covered by such a partnership except the<br />

management resources (the gray enveloping area represents the profile of this "optimum<br />

partnership").<br />

91


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

SME Chinese Partner<br />

Banks & Government<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Business Parks<br />

FIGURE 3-11: Profile for the optimum combination of all potential partners<br />

Practical experience shows that the necessary available management resources pose the most<br />

difficult problem to overcome. However, it is equally important to gain access to local<br />

authorities and government institutions by guanxi.<br />

<strong>The</strong> combined profile of the joint venture partners should well extend on the diagram axis<br />

"management resources" - "guanxi" in order to have sustainable success, although lacking<br />

management resources may be partly balanced by extensive guanxi and vice versa.<br />

All other dimensions do not necessarily have to be at the optimum as practical case studies<br />

(please refer to the appendices) show.<br />

92


Illustrative Case Studies<br />

<strong>The</strong> following case studies should illustrate different approaches of companies how to<br />

optimise their profiles together with various partners as stipulated above.<br />

All profiles shown in the figures are for illustration purposes only to emphasise certain<br />

aspects and are not to be interpreted as valuation of the companies!<br />

Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first case covers a Wholly Foreign-Owned Joint <strong>Venture</strong> in the textile (embroidery)<br />

branch:<br />

Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Forster Rohner AG Mizorogi, Nisshinbo Suzhou<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-12: Profile of Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />

93


<strong>The</strong> joint venture was established by Forster Rohner AG, Switzerland, Mizorogi Co. and<br />

Nisshinbo Industries Inc., both located in Tokyo, Japan, and named "Suzhou MFN<br />

Embroidery Co. Ltd.". MFN had to follow their European customers setting up their new<br />

manufacturing units in <strong>China</strong>. Except from occasional contacts to the Chinese market MFN<br />

had only little knowledge of the Chinese business environment. <strong>The</strong>refore it is interesting to<br />

see, how they managed to get access to the other vital profile dimensions which they could<br />

not provide themselves:<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir key advantage was their dedicated management decision to move to <strong>China</strong> and to<br />

provide the necessary management resources for this task. <strong>The</strong>y further were in the lucky<br />

position to have a Chinese born manager available, who had been employed by one of the<br />

Japanese partners a couple of years earlier. That is why they could build their guanxi to local<br />

authorities in a comparatively short time.<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir good contact to the provincial government helped them to get access to the<br />

infrastructure thereby filling the last gap in their profile (marked as "Suzhou" in above<br />

diagram).<br />

At the moment they emphasise on the build-up of the domestic market in order to stabilise the<br />

company (this will result in "pushing out" the envelope line in the diagram closer towards the<br />

optimum profile!).<br />

Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second case study also deals with the textile (knitwear) industry - this company was set<br />

up in order to gain access to the local raw material market and to export high quality products<br />

to Europe.<br />

94


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Nove Marzo AG<br />

Financial Power, Capital & Land<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Lubei Village<br />

FIGURE 3-13: Profile of Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company was set up as a joint venture between Nove Marzo AG, Switzerland, and the<br />

Chinese village Lubei, where the knitwear factory was built. <strong>The</strong> reasons for this choice are<br />

fairly obvious: the village of Lubei not only provides land and infrastructure, but being a<br />

government institution also brings in guanxi into the joint venture. Again, the dimension<br />

"available management capacity" has to be emphasised: in the beginning of the project the<br />

company was entirely ma naged by Europeans, but a local management was built up at the<br />

same time. Today the company is run by a local management with European involvement<br />

reduced to the absolutely necessary minimum.<br />

Swisstec<br />

<strong>The</strong> third case differs from the above two as the company discussed is a sales organisation in<br />

<strong>China</strong> without direct investment into production facilities (see Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss).<br />

95


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Swisstec,<br />

Swiss Partners<br />

FIGURE 3-14: Profile of Swisstec<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Chinese<br />

Representative<br />

At a first glance, Swisstec has nearly none of the characteristics necessary for entering the<br />

Chinese business. But their way to success is very creative and probably could act as a model<br />

for other SME's. Swisstec is a co-operation of nine SME's of the machine manufacturing<br />

industry which all have customers in the Chinese market. Being unable to set up their own<br />

sales organisation in <strong>China</strong> for cost reasons, they used "western guanxi" and formed a joint<br />

sales organisation. But still the Swiss partners lacked important dimensions like market<br />

knowledge, guanxi, etc. necessary for long-term business. This was all brought in by their<br />

Chinese partner - the former representative of some of the nine SME's. In this special case the<br />

management resources are also brought in by the Chinese partner resulting in an aggressive<br />

expansion of the Chinese network.<br />

96


Which Aspects should SME's Focus on?<br />

From the facts discussed in the previous sections there are a few vital points each SME should<br />

take into consideration when going to <strong>China</strong>:<br />

<strong>The</strong> first question to be asked is whether the engagement in <strong>China</strong> fits into one's strategy. As<br />

strategic considerations are a basic task in all business environments we would like to<br />

concentrate on specific characteristics of the Chinese market:<br />

Fund raising for investment in a high-risk environment definitely asks for tailored solutions in<br />

each respect. Section 3.2.10 discusses various approaches SME's should take into<br />

consideration.<br />

Another important subject is how to provide the vital management resources for this type of<br />

project. Questions like whether one should employ local staff or rely on expatriates are<br />

discussed in detail in section 3.2.11.<br />

Finally, anybody doing business in <strong>China</strong> should be aware of the cultural differences between<br />

Western and Chinese people. As the right approach to country and people is critical for<br />

success the "Management of Relationship" is discussed in section 3.2.12.<br />

3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in<br />

<strong>China</strong>?<br />

Besides "classic" support like the Export Risk Guarantee the Swiss Government is going to<br />

create a "Swiss-Sino Partnership Fund" in the near future to help setting up joint ventures<br />

between Swiss SME's and Chinese partners. This fund is aimed to support SME's investing in<br />

<strong>China</strong> by not only giving the necessary capital but also non-financial support like unbiased<br />

advice for both prospective partners during the negotiation and preparation phase as well as<br />

active board level representation after the formation of the partnership. In return, the Fund<br />

will be a shareholder in the joint venture. <strong>The</strong> fund serves as a pilot direc t-investment<br />

program and still has to be ratified by the Swiss Government. <strong>The</strong>refore no information on<br />

detailed application procedures and eligibility is available yet.<br />

Further to that, Swiss embassies also provide similar functions as chambers of commerce by<br />

supporting the prospective SME with information on the market, making contact to potential<br />

Chinese joint venture partners and giving legal advice to business related subjects. Other<br />

97


countries like Germany employ dedicated offices like the "Delegiertenbüro der deutschen<br />

Wirtschaft" to fulfil these tasks - in special cases their services are also open to Swiss SME's.<br />

3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?<br />

<strong>The</strong> Swiss banks have been very active in the recent years in working with both exporters and<br />

foreign importers of Swiss goods and services through the financing of Swiss exports and the<br />

provision of other banking services. However, the role of Swiss banks as partners for other<br />

banking activities except the above mentioned presently is somewhat ambiguous: although<br />

they provide a certain infrastructure with their representative offices in major cities in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

they do not seem to be too much interested in supporting SME's with financial funds to enter<br />

the Chinese market.<br />

This attitude is very similar to their behaviour on the Swiss domestic market, where SME's<br />

find themselves in difficulties raising funds for investment into their "risky" companies,<br />

whereas larger industrial units have by far easier access to capital. <strong>The</strong> authors are aware of<br />

the fact that an engagement with an SME does not give as fast a payback to the banks as other<br />

investments. However, it might be worthwhile to rethink the actual practices as a long term<br />

engagement may bring significant revenues to the banks in future.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a certa in discrepancy in the fact that, once the SME's are already established in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Swiss banks are willing to assist in daily banking life by having connections to<br />

Chinese banks and other business partners using their own guanxi to solve problems like<br />

delayed payments, etc. 108 So far Swiss banks are not allowed to trade in Renminbi, so that in<br />

any case the services of a Chinese bank have to be used.<br />

3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment<br />

in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

Following the present situation of limited availability of Swiss Government funding and high<br />

"risk-consciousness" of Swiss banks, an SME has the following options or strategies to<br />

successfully setting up business in <strong>China</strong> by providing enough funds:<br />

108 Source: Mr. Gu Qi (Deputy Representative, Shanghai Representative Office of SBC Warburg Dillon<br />

Read), 1997.<br />

98


Strategy No. 1: Have Cash<br />

A comfortable amount of equity definitely eases the market entry into <strong>China</strong>. This criterion is<br />

generally fulfilled in large companies, whereas SME's very often find their weak point here.<br />

It is absolutely necessary to have enough funds available also for the first years of operation<br />

as the time before profit is generated from the new enterprises may vary between 5 to 7 years.<br />

Strategy No. 2: Be Innovative<br />

Young and innovative enterprises may benefit not only from Swiss Government programs but<br />

also enjoy special support from the Chinese Government. <strong>The</strong>y are eligible to set up their<br />

businesses in so called "incubators", which are special zones in business parks set up to foster<br />

new technologies and products.<br />

<strong>The</strong> only drawback for innovative enterprises may be the transfer of technology and know-<br />

how requested by Chinese regulations.<br />

Strategy No. 3: Tailor Your Expenses<br />

<strong>The</strong> majority of SME's most probably does not find itself in the position to follow one of the<br />

two above strategies. However, even then a successful engagement in <strong>China</strong> is possible:<br />

As the Chinese partner normally brings workforce and relationships into the joint venture, the<br />

SME's part is to provide production know -how and technology. One should be aware of the<br />

fact that Western state of the art concerning productivity is not necessarily the optimum<br />

technology to be employed in Chinese manufacturing facilities. <strong>The</strong>refore also older<br />

equipment imported from Europe may still serve the purpose thereby reducing investment<br />

costs and financial risk.<br />

<strong>The</strong> disadvantage of this concept is the valuation of the equipment to define the SME's capital<br />

share of the joint venture. However, once an agreement is found this concept proves very<br />

successful in practice.<br />

Another major cost factor is the employment of expatriates as managers. One should therefore<br />

thoroughly consider the possibility to employ local Chinese people and train them in Europe<br />

to prepare them for their management tasks. Especially the Shanghai area has a high potential<br />

of well educated candidates due to its large university network.<br />

Strategy No. 4: Use Western Guanxi<br />

One does not necessarily have to start with networking only in <strong>China</strong>. Why not looking for<br />

potential partners also in Europe or other industrialised countries?<br />

99


<strong>The</strong>se partnerships may not only be advantage ous in respect of increasing the investment<br />

capital but also because of combined experience and market presence. Provided the other<br />

partners come from within the same business field also the base of potential customers is<br />

enlarged (it is assumed that this partnership does not interfere with the home market of the<br />

partners). 109 A further advantage of a partnership between Western companies may be the<br />

shared financial exposure of the single company and thereby also the reduced risk. So for<br />

example the cost for expatriates or marketing campaigns in <strong>China</strong> could be shared. 110<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are just examples of using probably already existing relationships for the <strong>China</strong><br />

business. Definitely the success of these partnerships depends on the creativity of each single<br />

partner.<br />

3.2.11 Management of Human Resources<br />

As we have seen already under section “Available Management Resources” SME’s rarely<br />

have enough free human resources capacity to allow the management to focus seriously on<br />

setting up new businesses in <strong>China</strong>. Various factors have to be regarded as critical.<br />

3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law<br />

<strong>The</strong> labour law applies broadly to all enterprises and individuals hiring staff or workers within<br />

<strong>China</strong>. This means that the law covers the representative offices and branches of foreign<br />

investment enterprises as well as domestic entities.<br />

Managing labour is highly sensitive and it is advisable for FIE’s to pay careful attention to the<br />

Chinese regulations. <strong>The</strong> main advantage of investing in <strong>China</strong> may be the pool of low-cost<br />

labour, but one should be conscious that exploitation of labour is viewed very seriously by the<br />

Chinese authorities. It is recommended to enter into individual labour contracts whenever<br />

possible.<br />

3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor<br />

Cost factors can play an important role considering the assignment either of local staff or from<br />

the home country. For the salary of an expatriate (costs of several hundred thousand CHF per<br />

year all inclusive) one can hire four local employees at the same level (also with comparable<br />

education). <strong>The</strong> high wages of expatriates often raise discussions in many JV’s, because these<br />

109 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />

110 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />

100


expenses have a detrimental effect on the revenues. Chinese partners only hardly understand,<br />

why expatriate incomes are many times larger than theirs. Under the aspect of costs it is<br />

recommended to employ as much local staff as possible.<br />

3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates<br />

<strong>The</strong> first question during the planning phase (establishment of a representative or sales office<br />

or also a JV) always focuses on hiring new staff on the Chinese site or bring them in from the<br />

home country. Both has advantages and disadvantages: the knowledge of the home company,<br />

its products and decision making process and also Western know-how versus the<br />

understanding of the Chinese mentality, language and possibly relationship (guanxi) to the<br />

customers and State officials on site.<br />

Highly qualified and experienced managers often profit internally but also in the client’s view<br />

a certain trust. Often clients even expect that the company's representative comes from the<br />

home country. <strong>The</strong> positions of the general manager and also technical director respectively<br />

production manager mostly are filled with expatriates. In human resources departments or<br />

marketing offices often Chinese managers hold these positions. <strong>The</strong>y know local conditions<br />

and have more guanxi to potential clients or prospective workforce for the company.<br />

3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills<br />

FIE’s also should be very aware of the personality and cultural factors. Failures in the<br />

selection process for a <strong>China</strong> assignment can become very expensive. Not only costs of the<br />

assignment or "quick repatriation exercises“ have to be considered but also and - more<br />

important - the influence of wrong management personnel on the business (turnover,<br />

revenues, market share and image). <strong>The</strong>se risks can be banned and minimised by carefully<br />

selecting and preparing the right people.<br />

Most of the questioned managers (see study below 111 ) emphasise the importance of the<br />

intercultural and negotiation skills. Also as critical they regarded knowledge of law, language,<br />

communication skills, etc.<br />

111 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 205.<br />

101


Qualification profile<br />

(what manager should know before they start their assignment)<br />

Intercultural skills 74.5%<br />

Negotiation skills 74.5%<br />

Know how of contractual law 50.9%<br />

Language 47.3%<br />

Communication skills 41.8%<br />

Management of personnel (HR) 41.8%<br />

Knowledge of political environment 40.0%<br />

Marketing skills 40.0%<br />

Financial management skills 27.3%<br />

Co-operation ability 23.6%<br />

Knowledge of economical environment 18.2%<br />

Logistical skills (information technology) 12.7%<br />

International relations 10.9%<br />

TABLE 3-9: Qualification profile of managers working in <strong>China</strong><br />

% of managers<br />

working for companies<br />

in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> assignee’s profile should additionally show a high degree of self-initiative, willingness to<br />

take risks, ability to improvise and - as a part of the intercultural skills - a lot of empathy and<br />

sensitiveness towards the foreign partners and their culture.<br />

It should be a must to also evaluate intercultural skills during the selection process for<br />

expatriates. Most common in practice are assessment centres as <strong>China</strong> related tests ("critical<br />

incidents“, case studies, role or plan plays) to assess the multicultural skills of a candidate. In<br />

Switzerland various external consultants offer this kind of selection tool which may be used<br />

and adapted to the specific needs of an SME selecting external or internal employees for such<br />

assignments.<br />

Besides leadership skills, professional, social and self-competency (personality) other<br />

personal factors of an assignee should also be considered like good physical health, emotional<br />

stability and willingness to work long hours. <strong>The</strong> good integration of the partner and/or family<br />

in the host country may have a huge impact on the success of the assignee. So also from the<br />

partner and/or family flexibility and adaptability are demanded.<br />

Decisions whether somebody starts an assignment or not should never be taken without the<br />

partner of a candidate assignee, as today dual career couples are fairly common.<br />

3.2.12 Management of Relationship<br />

One of the key points certainly is the use of guanxi or also the use of "Western guanxi" before<br />

starting with a project within <strong>China</strong>.<br />

102


As a conclusion, network oriented measures (for any activities) are key. First of all, it is<br />

recommended to do business with "small numbers". Before investing considerable funds,<br />

official partners or future JV partners should be tested.<br />

Business contacts should be implemented step by step. If not possible (in case of huge<br />

projects) it has to be tried to become part of a multilateral network (even beyond Switzerland<br />

or Europe). As long as foreign competitors can be played off against each other, the Chinese<br />

Government will do it.<br />

Try to establish excellent bilateral contacts. This also means long journeys to <strong>China</strong> with<br />

significant persons from the own company (or Swiss Government officials or Swiss<br />

ambassadors) in the delegation.<br />

Do not always and in all phases of the process of a project or JV include lawyers in<br />

negotiations. This could create mistrust and defence. A common dinner counts more than ten<br />

negotiation days.<br />

Collect information about your partners (preferred drinks, number of children, etc.). This is<br />

not against data protection but attentiveness towards your partner. Show interest in your<br />

partner, discuss themes like family, roots, training, life experience, financial situation. Never<br />

forget to stay in contact. Unacceptable are missing greetings to the Chinese New Year.<br />

<strong>The</strong> atmosphere in coming together with Chinese people always plays an important role. For<br />

example, conflict points should be discussed at informal occasions like dinner. Business and<br />

friendship cannot - as in European countries - be separated: they always go together. That is<br />

why one should never do business with a Chinese partner if one does not like each other. 112<br />

Finally, never forget that the construction of a long-lasting network or even friendship can be<br />

a long process even though your partner may call you "old friend" after two meetings.<br />

Do also not forget, that instead of subject and monochrome related procedures, Chinese<br />

partners often plan in person-oriented and polychrome ways. <strong>The</strong> black dots indicate useful<br />

persons which all are connected within one network. <strong>The</strong> following chart may help to clarify<br />

this understanding:<br />

112 Source: Swiss newspaper "Handelszeitung", issue 24, June 12, 1997, p. 57.<br />

103


Ressource 3<br />

Ressource 2<br />

Ressource 1<br />

Golden Town Golden Town<br />

Step 3<br />

Step 2<br />

Step 1<br />

Resources are planned to be used when needed<br />

and relay on the reliability of the calculation and<br />

plan<br />

Time<br />

Start Start<br />

FIGURE 3-15: <strong>The</strong> way to "Golden Town" 113<br />

relays primarly on the reliability of the network<br />

and on the capability to take chances whenever<br />

they occur<br />

We are not saying that Chinese partners are not able to follow a straight strategy or plan a<br />

critical path. Considering the external environmental conditions in <strong>China</strong> the "Chinese way"<br />

may be quicker and more successful as too many unforeseen circumstances exist in this<br />

growth market with rapidly changing infrastructures, laws, financial institutions and system,<br />

politics, labour m arket and distribution market.<br />

A study by Arthur Andersen Consulting shows that for a selected group of 75 FIE's in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

companies with the best results focused most on partner relationships and human resources<br />

management. 114 Due to realistic expectations, a clear strategy, long lasting relationships and<br />

also “luck”, many companies are successful in <strong>China</strong>. But one should also distinguish<br />

between reality and myths!<br />

113 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.313.<br />

114 Source: "Der Monat", issue 12/1996, Swiss Bank Corporation, p. 40.<br />

104


3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss<br />

3.2.13.1 Company Profile<br />

Swisstec is a co-operation of various Swiss mechanical engineering companies to market their<br />

products in the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company was founded by Feintool AG Lyss<br />

as successor for its local agent organisation in Beijing, Chongquing and Shanghai and today<br />

has the following members (shown in Table 3-10).<br />

Company Activities<br />

BalTec Maschinenbau AG,<br />

Pfäffikon/ZH<br />

Dama Optikmaschinen AG,<br />

Wetzikon<br />

Fehlmann AG,<br />

Seon<br />

Feintool AG Lyss,<br />

Lyss<br />

Hämmerle AG,<br />

Brugg<br />

Mikron Agno,<br />

Agno<br />

Sempac AG,<br />

Cham<br />

Weinberger AG,<br />

Dietikon<br />

Kardex AG,<br />

Volketswil<br />

Sheet metal working machines, riveting machines<br />

Micro engineering for precision, mechanics, optics, glass and<br />

ceramics<br />

Metal milling and drilling machines<br />

Fineblanking technology and forming presses<br />

Sheet metal working machines (flat metal part roll-leveling<br />

machines)<br />

Automatic machining systems for small parts<br />

Production lines for chip cards<br />

Photonics instrumentation for the analysis of fast motion<br />

Modular storage and retrieval systems<br />

TABLE 3-10: Members of the Swisstec organisation<br />

Swisstec offices are located in Beijing, Shanghai and Chongquing with plans to open a<br />

Guangzhou office in the near future.<br />

3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec<br />

Due to retirement of Feintool's representative in Beijing, who also acted as agent for about a<br />

dozen other Swiss companies, a solution for a succeeding organisation was sought. Given that<br />

the office infrastructure was too big and therefore too expensive for Feintoool to bear alone,<br />

the alternative seemed to be to appoint one of the large Swiss trading companies in <strong>China</strong> as<br />

agent. However, these trading companies would normally have a high number of agencies and<br />

Feintool feared that they might not pay enough attention to its relatively small market<br />

segment.<br />

As a result Feintool sought the co-operation of the other companies which were represented<br />

by the same agent in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

105


3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company<br />

<strong>The</strong> potential Swiss partners reacted positively to Feintool`s proposal, as they were not direct<br />

competitors to one another and could only benefit from such a joint representative office. <strong>The</strong><br />

proposal requires each company to pay its share of the total costs. At the same time, they are<br />

free to use the connections and guanxi which their former agent had built up over many years.<br />

3.2.13.4 Human Resources<br />

All the personnel of the former agent were employed in this new agency set up by Swisstec.<br />

This ensured the smooth running of the business operations. New personnel is presently<br />

recruited to expand the activities to other pa rts of <strong>China</strong>. Generally, expatriates are employed<br />

only for the start-up phase, and local Chinese are given preference over expatriates for the<br />

ongoing business. All new Chinese staff is trained in Switzerland in order to be competent<br />

partners for Chinese customers. Wages paid have a high content of provision (up to 50%) to<br />

give incentive for active marketing and promotion of the Swiss products.<br />

3.2.13.5 Summary<br />

For a comparatively small <strong>China</strong> business, it was not worth Feintool`s while to set up its own<br />

sales agenc y in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> form of co-operation found with other Swiss SME's brought<br />

reduced financial involvement and therefore reduced risk, without having to accept the<br />

disadvantages of being represented by large trading houses. This act of "self-help" and<br />

entrepreneurial initiative brought advantages to all partners and could be a prototype of co-<br />

operation for various other applications.<br />

Determining a strategic fit with one`s potential business partners is certainly important.<br />

Attracting an appropriate potential partner to become your strategic business partner may<br />

need some persuasion. Here, it is important that one is able to fulfil the needs of the potential<br />

partner adequately in order to ensure a stable long-term business relationship which is<br />

mutually benefic ial. <strong>The</strong> potential ability of the foreign firm to fulfil the needs of potential<br />

Chinese partners provide the foreign firm with its bargaining position vis-a-vis the Chinese<br />

partner. Technology, which the Chinese firms and government authorities require, is one<br />

106


factor which makes the foreign firm attractive to its potential Chinese partners. Access to<br />

foreign markets is yet another attractive factor.<br />

Having something attractive to offer one’s potential partner provides one with a basis for<br />

negotiation. Successfully conducting the negotiation and working successfully with the<br />

business partners to make the cross-cultural venture a success, requires cultural understanding<br />

and knowledge.<br />

Matthias Kästner, a doctoral student at HSG and a director of a high-tech company wrote:<br />

3.3 Making a High - Tech Market Entry (by Matthias Kästner)<br />

Economic reforms under Deng Xiaoping led to a massive increase in foreign trade and to<br />

substantial foreign direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. Having realised that modern technology is<br />

essential for sustainable economic growth, <strong>China</strong> favours ventures with a high technology<br />

content. Multinational companies and overseas Chinese investors were the early movers in<br />

this new market. To date many MNCs have established considerable operations in <strong>China</strong><br />

whereas Western small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) are still largely<br />

underrepresented. Only recently, foreign governments have started to promote <strong>China</strong> -related<br />

trade and foreign direct investment by SMEs through special funds, export guarantees, sino-<br />

foreign trade fairs and other means of support.<br />

<strong>The</strong> purpose of this paper is twofold:<br />

• First, to identify factors which influence the choice of market entry strategies for high-tech<br />

SMEs for the Chinese market. Previous research concentrated mainly on determinants<br />

which are relevant for the decision making process within large multinational companies,<br />

while it was largely ignored that the market entry choice by SMEs may depend on different<br />

factors. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is interesting to have a closer look at SME relevant determinants.<br />

Special focus is given to the role of technology, which is expected to have a significant<br />

impact on the market entry mode decision of SMEs.<br />

• Second, to help SMEs understand their strategic assets, strengths and weaknesses in<br />

bargaining situations with Chinese authorities, customers and partners.<br />

Interviews with Swiss, German and Austrian SME managers revealed that prior to <strong>China</strong><br />

activities most preparation is spent on the investigation of the Chinese market potential and<br />

understanding the legal issues. Both are certainly prerequisites for success, however, they are<br />

not sufficient. Usually, little time is spent on evaluating and understanding the company’s<br />

107


assets in negotiations; consequently, these cannot be used to the SMEs' full advantage. Again,<br />

advanced technology has a special role: it seems to be one important, if not the most<br />

important, asset.<br />

3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework<br />

Co-operative joint ventures, equity joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries, representative<br />

offices or simply direct or indirect exporting are possible vehicles for <strong>China</strong> activities. In each<br />

category there are examples of successful companies that are happy with their specific<br />

decision as well as numerous examples of complete failures. If one market entry form turned<br />

out to be superior over others, it would be the strategy of choice for all newcomers with<br />

“<strong>China</strong> ambitions”. However, a strategy that fits for all companies, products and in every<br />

situation does not exist. <strong>The</strong>re is no best strategy for <strong>China</strong> activities. Whether an entry<br />

strategy is appropriate in a certain situation depends on a multitude of determinants.<br />

<strong>The</strong> contingency approach which is one school of organisational theories can be used to<br />

explain the choice of different market entry modes. Originally, the contingency approach was<br />

one-dimensional: only one factor such as firm size or technology intensity was used to explain<br />

the existence of different organisational forms. <strong>The</strong> deficiency that only a single factor has<br />

explanatory value for the existence of different organisational forms was recognised by Kieser<br />

and Kubicek (1992) who developed the one -dimensional contingency theory into a multi<br />

factor approach. Obviously, by introducing other explanatory variables they added complexity<br />

to the approach. To remove some of the added complexity in order to make its application<br />

easier they propose to distinguish between internal determinants which can be influenced by<br />

the organisation and factors related to the external environment which are - at least for a SME<br />

- de facto given.<br />

<strong>The</strong> internal factors are linked to the nature of the SME itself, they are controllable by the<br />

SME to some extent. External factors include the microeconomic and macroeconomic<br />

environment. Though they are not necessarily a given datum, they often can be influenced to a<br />

certain degree, too, depending on bargaining power and skills. While large multinational<br />

companies may have the necessary power to influence the external environment significantly,<br />

SMEs are more likely to be in a position of compliance.<br />

Although technology formally belongs to the group of internal determinants, it merits to<br />

receive special attention. As outlined above, the nature of high technology plays an important<br />

role in the choice of the market entry mode for high-tech SMEs. Although technology is<br />

108


developed within the SME, its impact is not limited to the internal environment. Many<br />

external determinants in the Chinese context are a function of the level of technology<br />

involved: rapid approval for high-tech ventures, waiver of mandatory export quotas under the<br />

condition that certain technology requirements are met or dedicated investment zones with<br />

superior infrastructure for high-tech companies are only a few examples. <strong>The</strong>refore it is<br />

appropriate to introduce factors related to technology as a separate third group: Technology<br />

determinants.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following section gives an overview of an analytical framework that integrates the<br />

determinants which are relevant for the choice of the market entry strategy.<br />

Micro<br />

Environment<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Understanding of<br />

own Bargaining<br />

Position<br />

External Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

Internal Determinants<br />

Choice of<br />

Market Entry<br />

Strategy<br />

Understanding<br />

the Role of<br />

Technology<br />

FIGURE 3-16: Determinants for the choice of the market entry strategy<br />

3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants<br />

Macro<br />

Environment<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Internal determinants are related to the nature of the SME. Limited financial and limited<br />

human resources are often a real impediment in risky <strong>China</strong> activities. <strong>The</strong> ownership<br />

structure, characteristics of the industry in which the SME operates, the degree of<br />

specialisation and the positioning in the market are expected to influence market entry<br />

strategies.<br />

109


Internal Determinants<br />

� Organization and ownership structure<br />

� Size<br />

� Financial Resources<br />

� Type of company: niche producer,<br />

quality leader, etc...<br />

FIGURE 3-17: Internal Determinants<br />

3.3.1.2 External Determinants<br />

� Human Resources<br />

� Industry Characteristics<br />

� Degree of specialization<br />

External determinants are divided into macroeconomic factors and microeconomic factors.<br />

Laws and regulations, market data, infrastructure and Chinese technology policy form the first<br />

group, characteristics of Chinese companies, be they customers or potential partners for a<br />

joint venture or co-production belong to the micro environment.<br />

External Determinants<br />

Macro Environment Micro Environment<br />

� Laws and regulations<br />

1. Trade barriers<br />

2. Investment regulations<br />

3. Licensing and Patent Laws<br />

4. Export requirements<br />

5. Employment regulations<br />

6. Investment incentives<br />

7. Repatriation of profit<br />

� Market data<br />

1. Economic growth<br />

2. Demand for foreign high-tech products<br />

(industrial and consumer)<br />

� Infrastructure<br />

1. Physical infrastructure<br />

2. Scientific infrastructure<br />

3. Supplier infrastructure<br />

4. Human resource infrastructure<br />

5. Financial services infrastructure<br />

� Technology policy of central government<br />

TABLE 3-11: External Determinants<br />

� Chinese Customers<br />

1. Need for technology<br />

2. Preferred business model for<br />

technology transfer<br />

3. Financial situation,<br />

access to hard currency<br />

4. Size<br />

� Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partners<br />

1. Type of company (ownership) and<br />

its characteristics<br />

2. Technological capabilities<br />

3. Size<br />

4. Guanxi<br />

5. Financial Situation<br />

110


3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology<br />

Management of SMEs is certainly aware of the importance of proprietary technology and<br />

know-how for the company, yet the role of technology in the internationalisation process and<br />

especially in the Chinese context may not be fully understood.<br />

� History of Chinese technology imports<br />

� Type of technology (process or product)<br />

� Competition for the specific technology<br />

� Protection of technology<br />

TABLE 3-12: Technology Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities<br />

� Transferability of technology<br />

� Dependance of SME on that technology<br />

� Payment for Technology<br />

� Length of technology cycle<br />

Unlike the “conventional” proceeding, that is to investigate pros and cons of the different<br />

market entry vehicles, the concept of underlying “objectives”, which initially trigger the<br />

SME’s <strong>China</strong> activities, shall be introduced. <strong>The</strong> reason is that in the logical sequential<br />

process companies define an objective such as “cheap production for the world market” or<br />

“e xploiting domestic sales opportunities” before they select a vehicle to accomplish the<br />

chosen objective. Depending on the underlying objective, one and the same entry mode could<br />

be either the best choice or totally inappropriate. A given objective may reduce the number of<br />

appropriate market entry vehicles to chose from; a company that intends to use <strong>China</strong> as<br />

cheap production base for example, will certainly not consider exporting as viable strategy to<br />

reach its goal.<br />

<strong>The</strong> “underlying objective” is the element of the company’s overall strategy which defines the<br />

company’s goal for international activities. It determines which of the internal, external and<br />

technology elements are relevant and influence the market entry mode decision. Speaking in<br />

terms of a contingency approach, the underlying objective is a new variable on a higher level,<br />

determining the relevance of internal, external and technological factors.<br />

111


Exploiting Sales<br />

Opportunities<br />

Micro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />

IP Trading<br />

Understanding of<br />

own Bargaining<br />

Position<br />

SME’s Objectives in <strong>China</strong><br />

External Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

Internal Determinants<br />

Choice of<br />

Market Entry<br />

Strategy<br />

Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />

FIGURE 3-18: <strong>The</strong> choice of Market Entry Strategy<br />

Understanding<br />

the Role of<br />

Technology<br />

Macro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />

Research<br />

Cooperation<br />

<strong>The</strong> following sections attempt to categorise the objectives of high-tech SMEs who engage in<br />

business activities with or in <strong>China</strong>. Feasible business vehicles are listed for each of the five<br />

identified categories without giving a ranking or an evaluation.<br />

3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities<br />

<strong>The</strong> acceleration of technological change has shortened product life cycles and made product<br />

development more costly, especially for companies in R&D intensive high-tech industries.<br />

Foreign sales may help to recover R&D expenditures quickly before the product or<br />

technology developed becomes obsolete or imitated by competitors. Besides, economies of<br />

scale in R&D make it too expensive for SMEs to engage in several isolated research projects<br />

in parallel (Lindquvist 1991). Without diversification through product and process<br />

development, accessing foreign markets may be the only viable option for growth.<br />

Export only<br />

<strong>The</strong> first objective SMEs may have is to exploit perceived sales opportunities for their high-<br />

tech products without building substantial operations in <strong>China</strong>. SMEs who follow this path<br />

consider their products to be competitive on the Chinese market or want to test customer<br />

acceptance. Initially, these companies do not intend to produce locally but rely on their<br />

manufacturing sites which are located elsewhere, most likely in their home country. Often a<br />

market entry through “sales only” is a first step in sequential market penetration process.<br />

Maintenance and<br />

After Sales Servivce<br />

112


Indirect export and direct export are two possible vehicles to build up sales in <strong>China</strong>. While<br />

indirect export does not permit influence on the marketing and distribution channels because<br />

of intermediaries involved, direct export gives at least some control on marketing and<br />

distribution. It relies on the followin g principal vehicles: the foreign agent/distributor channel<br />

and the branch/subsidiary channel (Root, 1982). In <strong>China</strong> the latter is limited to a mere<br />

representative function; by Chinese law, representative offices are not allowed to conduct any<br />

business activities such as concluding commercial contracts.<br />

Finding a well established trading house in <strong>China</strong> is a difficult task, especially for SMEs.<br />

Large trading houses with a good geographical coverage in <strong>China</strong> prefer to work with big<br />

companies who boast high sales volumes. Problems increase when the SME wants the trading<br />

house to market and sell high tech products that require sophisticated service and<br />

maintenance. SMEs most likely have to rely on smaller companies which do not cover all<br />

Chinese provinces and ha ve less resources to provide technical maintenance and after sales<br />

service.<br />

Market Opportunities: “Going <strong>China</strong>” as a Strategic Long Term Decision<br />

More resources are required when <strong>China</strong> engagement is seen as long term strategic decision,<br />

i.e. the Chinese market is considered a strategic target market for the company. Beside<br />

pr oduction facilities in the country, marketing and sales activities are essential for a long term<br />

foothold. SMEs who follow this path may want to set up a representative office first, but as<br />

these are not allowed to conduct any business, this cannot be more than an initial step. All<br />

joint venture forms and the wholly owned foreign enterprise (WOFE) are possible vehicles for<br />

long term presence.<br />

3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology<br />

Many SMEs are not able to commit substantial financial and human resources to a <strong>China</strong><br />

engagement. However, besides the sales approach described above, high-tech companies have<br />

the opportunity to exploit their existing know -how in the Chinese market – often referred to as<br />

“pure technology transfer”.<br />

Tangible items of “pure technology” include technical blueprints, manuals, patent rights on<br />

products and processes or documented process knowledge, just to give a few examples.<br />

Intangible elements are implicit knowledge and experience which are embedded in the people<br />

who handle or develop the technology. To ensure successful technology transfer, these<br />

“knowledge carriers” should be involved in the transfer process.<br />

113


<strong>The</strong> most common vehicles for commercial transfer of pure technology are various forms of<br />

“technology sale”. <strong>The</strong>se forms differ mainly in the payment methods agreed upon. Another<br />

vehicle of “pure technology transfer” are training courses offered to Chinese technicians.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are often a mandatory element within a larger contract, e.g. when complicated<br />

equipment has been sold for which operators and maintenance staff need instruction. Training<br />

as stand-alone vehicle for technology transfer is rare as it is resource intensive and as there is<br />

no immediate need on the Chinese side without equipment purchase. Large companies<br />

organise seminars on their technology and products, but this is rather a marketing instrument.<br />

Chinese buyers and involved engineers are invited to these events which are held in <strong>China</strong> or<br />

even overseas.<br />

3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />

Cost effective production mainly for export purposes is usually a step up the ladder in terms<br />

of resource requirements. SMEs who have the intention to use lower factor costs to reduce<br />

production cost have several options, but should consider that costs incurred for other than<br />

low-skilled manual labour are often as high or even higher than in many Western countries.<br />

Possible vehicles include contract production (questionable if in the case of high-tech<br />

products quality requirements can be met by the subcontractor), equity and co-operative joint<br />

ve ntures and wholly owned foreign enterprises.<br />

3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance<br />

Sooner or later a high-tech SME may be confronted with the need to service equipment and<br />

products sold to <strong>China</strong>. Servicing from the home base is a suitable option as long as response<br />

times are acceptable and as long technicians have to visit the Chinese customers only once in<br />

a while. With increasing stock of equipment sold to <strong>China</strong>, the ongoing service requirements<br />

grow and with them the need for local responsiveness. <strong>The</strong> reorganisation of the SME’s<br />

service and maintenance strategy in <strong>China</strong> may become necessary.<br />

However, setting up a service and maintenance organisation in <strong>China</strong> is not as straightforward<br />

as in most other countries. Representative offices are limited to a mere representation function<br />

by law, wholly foreign owned enterprises (WOFEs) cannot be set up as service -only<br />

companies because the Chinese government restricts full ownership of a company to<br />

manufacturing enterprises. However, it is possible that a manufacturing WOFE also provides<br />

service and maintenance for products produced and sold in <strong>China</strong>. Two legal possibilities<br />

remain: the foundation of a Chinese-foreign joint venture to carry out service and<br />

114


maintenance or the use of established trading companies who are allowed to offer technical<br />

service and maintenance. <strong>The</strong> first option means to share substantial technical knowledge with<br />

a Chinese partner, the second option may not offer the same quality of service because<br />

technicians employed by the trading house are rarely specialists for one particular machine,<br />

they have to service a whole range of technical equipment.<br />

3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development<br />

Little is known about companies venturing into <strong>China</strong> to benefit from the scientific resources<br />

and to carry out R&D. It might be an option in very specific circumstances, where a Chinese<br />

partner, be it a University, a state-run research laboratory or a private research organisation,<br />

possesses technology that is of interest to a foreign SME. Cases with MNC involvement are<br />

known in the field of biotechnological research and in the aerospace industry.<br />

A German-Chinese office for the co-ordination of joint fundamental and applied research is<br />

currently in the planning stage but negotiations with the Chinese side are lengthy and<br />

difficult; it will be funded by the German federal ministry for research and technology and<br />

acts on behalf of major German public and private research organisations.<br />

3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs<br />

Understanding the “Bargaining Position”<br />

In the short run neither internal nor external determinants can be influenced and altered by the<br />

SME. <strong>The</strong>y are fixed given facts which determine the choice of the market entry vehicle.<br />

However, the decision on the entry mode is made by a human being; thus all determinants are<br />

subject to interpretation. Correct interpretation requires good understanding of all<br />

determinants, especially of the role of advanced technology in the Chinese context.<br />

Understanding alone is not sufficient: the responsible manager must draw conclusions from<br />

the set of dete rminants, he must anticipate opportunities and risks. Knowledge about potential<br />

“bargaining partners” such as for example local Chinese governments or potential joint<br />

venture partners and the position of the own company in negotiations with these partners,<br />

knowledge about its strengths and weaknesses and the sources of bargaining power, are<br />

imperative to make the best possible choice.<br />

Interpreting the determinants, drawing conclusions and understanding the bargaining position<br />

of the partner are a matter of preparation. This is a difficult task for a manager with limited<br />

time and no or little experience in the Chinese business environment.<br />

115


Knowledge about the own position in a bargaining situation, about own strengths and<br />

weaknesses in negotiations and about the sources of bargaining power are a prerequisite to<br />

use the available “assets” to their fullest benefit.<br />

This section aims to help SMEs to understand their position in a “bargaining situation” in the<br />

Chinese context. First, the importance of every bargaining constellation such as for example<br />

SME – local banks in case of direct export or SME – Chinese Customer in case of a<br />

service/maintenance joint venture is rated. Second, interesting bargaining relations, i.e.<br />

situations where a SME is expected to have at least some bargaining power, are analysed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following chart gives an overview of possible relations between a SME and its bargaining<br />

partners. Every intersection of rows and columns represents one possible bargaining situation.<br />

Depending on the SME’s intention and the chosen entry vehicle, the bargaining arenas differ<br />

widely in respect to bargaining partners and the relevance of the relation with them. While the<br />

relation with Chinese customers, for example, are highly relevant if the product is targeting<br />

the Chinese market, this relation does not exist in the case of “exploiting cost advantages” and<br />

producing for export only. According to the importance of a relation, intersections of rows<br />

and a columns are marked with X (low), XX (medium) or XXX (high). An intersection<br />

marked with a 0 denotes that in this constelation no significant relation exists, i.e. the two<br />

parties can act without influencing each other.<br />

116


Government<br />

Central<br />

Exploiting Sales Opportunities<br />

Local Government<br />

<strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

Chinese-Joint<br />

Rep. Office XX X 0 XXX 0 0 0 X X<br />

Direct Export X 0 0 XXX 0 0 XXX X XX<br />

Indirect Export 0 0 0 X 0 0 X 0 0<br />

Exploiting existing know-how / IP trade<br />

Licensing X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X 0<br />

IP Sale X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X X<br />

Training courses X X 0 0 XX 0 0 0 X<br />

Exploiting comparative cost advantages<br />

Contract<br />

Production<br />

Chinese Customer<br />

0 X XXX 0 0 XX 0 X X<br />

EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX 0 0 XXX 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE XX XXX 0 0 0 XXX 0 X XXX<br />

Getting a long term strategic foothold in the Chinese market<br />

Rep. Office X X 0 X 0 X 0 X X<br />

EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX XXX 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE XX XXX 0 XXX 0 X 0 X XXX<br />

Following a major customer<br />

Licensing X X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />

EJV, CJV X XX XXX X 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE X XX 0 X 0 X 0 X XXX<br />

Providing service and maintenance<br />

EJV, CJV XX XX XXX XX 0 0 0 XXX XXX<br />

Licensing 0 X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />

TABLE 3-13: Relations between a SME and its bargaining partners<br />

Recipient<br />

Technology<br />

Customer<br />

Home Country<br />

Distributor<br />

Trading House /<br />

Local Banks<br />

Foreign Banks<br />

117


This evaluation does not rate SMEs’ bargaining power; it rather shows the importance of the<br />

relation for SMEs’ operations. Not all of the identified relations are real bargaining relations.<br />

<strong>The</strong> SME may be in such a weak position, that it is forced into compliance with the given<br />

environment and existing rules. This is particularly true for all relations with the central<br />

government and financial institutions. In terms of bargaining power a single SME is a<br />

lightweight against these “partners” and most likely has to comply with the rules.<br />

This section will shed some light onto four of the more promising and interesting bargaining<br />

situations, i.e. relations where SMEs are expected to have at least some bargaining power: 1)<br />

SME – local Chinese authorities, 2) SME – Chinese joint venture partner, 3) SME – trading<br />

house/distributor and 4) SME – technology recipient. First, the interests of both bargaining<br />

partners are briefly summarised for each of the given situations. Second, conflicting interests<br />

are identified. In a third step an estimation is given about the relative bargain ing strength of<br />

the SME. To come up with a reasonable estimate it is imperative to understand the sources of<br />

bargaining power.<br />

3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities<br />

High-Tech SME Local Chinese Authorities<br />

• Efficient authorities, fast approval procedures<br />

• Adequate infrastructure<br />

• Free choice of legal vehicle<br />

• Protection of technology, e.g. long license periods<br />

• No export quota<br />

• Free repatriation of profit<br />

• Attracting high-tech companies into the province<br />

• Ensure absorption of high tech � joint ventures<br />

preferred<br />

• Personal benefits such as gifts and international<br />

travel<br />

• Comply with central government’s rules<br />

• Tax collection<br />

TABLE 3-14: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese Authorities<br />

As local authorities are empowered to approve investment projects below 30 million US$,<br />

they are in charge of most applications made by SMEs. To speed up approval procedures in<br />

the special economic zones, there are tight review deadlines for the approving authorities. If<br />

they cannot come up with an decision in time, the application is automatically considered<br />

approved. Growing competition among local government in their attempt to lure FDI into<br />

their province lead to this streamlined approval process (Foreign Investment Administration,<br />

1995). However, issuing the required business license still may take many months.<br />

Local governments, especially in the coastal provinces have realised that high tech companies<br />

have special requirements in terms of physical infrastructure. Beside the industrial parks<br />

which usually provide a good infrastructure, specialised “high-tech parks” are currently set up<br />

118


in the most advanced provinces and municipalities. Only technology based companies are<br />

eligible to set up operations in such privileged areas. In these parks which are often foreign<br />

planned and sometimes administered 115 with foreign help, power supply, water quality and<br />

telecommunications facilities are on par with Western standards.<br />

Everything seems to be nicely set up for foreign SMEs, but conflicting interests exist when it<br />

comes to the question of technology transfer. On the one hand SMEs tend to be secretive<br />

about their proprietary knowledge and are reluctant to share it with a partner. On the other<br />

hand that is exactly one major goal of the Chinese side: full and rapid assimilation of the<br />

technology. <strong>The</strong>refore, joint ventures are clearly favoured by the Chinese side because<br />

technology transfer to the Chinese Partner is inevitable. License periods are limited by law to<br />

a maximum of ten years, Chinese workers must be given compulsory training (Chen, 1993),<br />

extensive guarantees by the SME are specified in a technology transfer contract.<br />

<strong>The</strong> technology offered is by far the single most important source of power during<br />

negotiations. <strong>The</strong> more a SME is willing to share, the better is its position in negotiations. As<br />

the competition among regional governments is fierce, many questions are negotiable.<br />

Although the preferred legal vehicle is the joint venture, it is no problem to set up a company<br />

as WOFE. High-tech companies are usually able to negotiate a 0% export quota regardless of<br />

the legal form chosen (Foreign Investment Administration, 1995) 116 . Longer license periods<br />

have been granted in some instances and repatriation of profit made in <strong>China</strong> is partly<br />

possible. Ample time for negotiations, high profile negotiation teams, flexibility and a clever<br />

way to deal with unofficial requests (gifts, international travel) are other elements that<br />

strengthen the SME’s negotiation power. To sum up, SMEs have a relatively good position in<br />

dealing with local authorities, provided they offer genuine high-tech, that has a high priority<br />

on <strong>China</strong>’s “technology shopping list”.<br />

115<br />

Example: Suzhou Industrial Park, a Singapore – <strong>China</strong> joint venture, jointly run but planned by<br />

Singapore’s Economic Development Board.<br />

116<br />

Companies with foreign held equity usually have to export a certain percentage of their production,<br />

depending on the type of product and the legal form.<br />

119


3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

High-Tech SME Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

• Cheap production for export or<br />

• Long term foothold or<br />

• Service & maintenance<br />

• Technology as equity<br />

• Keep control of operations<br />

• Getting access to distribution networks<br />

• Short term focus<br />

• Get rid off own excess staff<br />

• Personal motives: travel, etc.<br />

• Upgrade of product and process technologies<br />

• Getting access to foreign markets<br />

TABLE 3-15: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese JV Partners<br />

When a SME considers a joint venture as entry vehicle, be it for export oriented production,<br />

getting a long term foothold in the market or to provide service and maintenance for its<br />

products, its goal is usually for a stable and long lasting presence in <strong>China</strong>. Eventual profits<br />

are often reinvested to support the future growth of the joint venture. Chinese companies tend<br />

to have a short term focus; in many cases the goal is to make profit and extract from the<br />

operation as much as possible instead of reinvesting the profit. Conflicts are difficult to avoid<br />

because the different time horizons lead to different business strategies. Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

(EJV) where both parties hold an equity share are generally more stable than Contractual Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) where co-operation is based on a contract without strict equity requirements.<br />

To minimise problems, special attention has to be given to a careful partner selection.<br />

One of the biggest problems is the valuation of assets brought into the joint venture as equity<br />

by the parties. Machinery, technology and hard currency is usually contributed by the SME<br />

while the Chinese partner provides land, eventually buildings, a sales organisation and<br />

manpower. Equity contribution in form of technology (know -how, patent rights, etc.) is<br />

restricted by law to 20% of the total equity. Often land and buildings are evaluated much too<br />

high so that the Chinese side gets the desired equity stake which is relevant for profit<br />

distribution and control of the joint venture. SMEs and MNCs alike usually have to make<br />

concessions in this question.<br />

Overstaffing is a serious problem in many Chinese companies. Getting rid of excess staff<br />

might be a motive to form a joint venture. Like in the equity issue, concessions to the Chinese<br />

side are often necessary. Both issues are hard to solve and are a common reason for the failure<br />

of JV negotiations.<br />

One important, if not the most important reason for a SME to opt for the joint venture solution<br />

is the expectation that the Chinese partner has a lot of “guanxi” and a well developed sales<br />

120


network through which the products of the joint venture can be sold. Reality often does not<br />

meet expectations: it is almost impossible to evaluate the quality of guanxi or the efficiency of<br />

the sales network. <strong>China</strong> is a huge country and it is unlikely that a joint venture partner has a<br />

strong presence in all provinces. Those who have, are large enterprises but these have most<br />

likely already been picked as partners by the foreign MNCs who were first in <strong>China</strong>. If the<br />

sales network is a major reason to form the joint venture, the partner must have at least sales<br />

experience with similar products. While the foreign SME wants to get access to the Chinese<br />

market, the Chinese partner may have in mind to improve product qua lity through new<br />

technology and then attack foreign markets with competitive products: Again, a potential<br />

source for conflicts.<br />

Personal motives of Chinese managers to form a joint venture are among the most dangerous<br />

because they are mostly of egoistic nature. One objective may be to benefit through gifts and<br />

business travel in the short run but the well being of the joint venture is not a prime issue. If<br />

there is no genuine business interest from the Chinese side, the joint venture is doomed to fail.<br />

To asses the source of SMEs’ bargaining power in respect to the joint venture partner, two<br />

situations are distinguished: 1) JV negotiations and 2) JV operation.<br />

1. Again, the technology offered is one of the major sources of power. It is also the main<br />

reason for which the SME becomes an interesting partner for a Chinese company. <strong>The</strong> actual<br />

situation depends on how urgently the technology is needed, if the technology is unique or<br />

available from other companies. In the latter case it is important if the Chinese company has<br />

eventually sufficient funds to buy or license the technology from a third party. A high profile<br />

delegation, sufficient time and a careful preparation with contingency plans improve the<br />

bargaining situation considerably.<br />

2. Once the joint venture is in operation, the actual bargaining power is very much a function<br />

of the equity stake hold by the SME. However, this is not a linear function! Whoever has the<br />

majority usually dictates the business strategy and has control over important decisions. This<br />

does not necessarily mean that once a SME holds the majority everything is fine: a good<br />

relation to the JV’s management is equally important, no matter from which side it is<br />

appointed. Regular visits are necessary to create and maintain such a relationship.<br />

Fast moving technologies bear an intrinsic source of bargaining power: updates and<br />

improvements that are developed at the SME’s home location are often desirable to be<br />

implemented in the joint venture – but new technology has its price! <strong>The</strong> possession of the<br />

latest technology is always a power factor in negotiations with Chinese.<br />

121


<strong>The</strong> bargaining power of a SME in relation to that of a Chinese partner cannot be generalised.<br />

It is determined by many factors, not only by the technology and its availability but also by<br />

the size of the partner, its financial strength, the experience of the negotiation team, among<br />

many others. It may range from very strong to almost insignificant.<br />

3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor<br />

High-Tech SME Trading House / Distributor<br />

• Wide geographical coverage, preferably whole of<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

• Excellent service and maintenance for products<br />

• Committed marketing<br />

• Brand name<br />

• High margin<br />

• High volume sales<br />

• 1st priority: established customers<br />

• SME only if product has excellent market potential,<br />

competitive product<br />

TABLE 3-16: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

distributors<br />

As outlined in a previous paper, large foreign trading houses who cover many provinces<br />

usually have a long track record of activities in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y have stable long term<br />

relationships with the companies which they represent, often large MNCs with well known<br />

brand names. Usually they are reluctant to take SMEs as new clients. Only under special<br />

circumstances: when the SME’s product complements the existing product mix or when the<br />

product has an especially high market potential in <strong>China</strong>, new applicants will be considered 117 .<br />

Still then, SMEs will often be only second league clients in terms of marketing effort or<br />

service and maintenance support.<br />

In general, smaller trading houses are willing to take new clients, provided the products fit<br />

into their existing product portfolio. Although new SMEs may be along with others equal<br />

“first league clients”, the small trading house may not have the resources to do an efficient<br />

marketing or to give appropriate service support to the customer. <strong>The</strong>y are unlikely to cover<br />

the whole of <strong>China</strong> but focus a geographic region.<br />

Sources of bargaining power vis a vis a large trading house are obvious: the greater the<br />

market potential of the product (as estimated by the trading house), the more likely the trading<br />

house will give appropriate attention to the product (marketing effort and customer service).<br />

<strong>The</strong> same is true for excellent price competitiveness, meaning the trading house can realise<br />

high margins. Although SMEs do not have well known brand names such as for example<br />

117 Presentation at Sieber Hegner Trading, Shanghai, 17.04.1997.<br />

122


Siemens or Motorola, they may have a reputation and a well known brand name in their niche<br />

market – a fact that should help in negotiations with a trading house. To sum up briefly,<br />

unless an SME’s product has not an extraordinary market potential, the bargaining position of<br />

SMEs in respect to large well established trading houses is rather weak.<br />

3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

High-Tech SME Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

• Appropriate price for technology<br />

• Free choice of business model (licensing, sale,<br />

royalties)<br />

• Delivery of appropriate technology to avoid<br />

problems<br />

• Protection of technology<br />

• Low cost upgrading of process and product<br />

technology, new products<br />

• Complete disclosure of technology<br />

• Extensive guarantees<br />

• Most advanced technology<br />

• Training<br />

• No tie-in contracts<br />

• No restriction on sales region and no min. sales<br />

price<br />

TABLE 3-17: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

Regardless of the form of payment, SMEs expect an adequate financial compensation for<br />

technology transfer. This leads to a first set of problems (Guo / Akroyd, 1996): Chinese<br />

technology buyers are very cost sensitive, yet routinely request the most advanced and<br />

sophisticated technology, even though they may lack of foreign exchange, adequate<br />

infrastructure to utilise complex technology and trained personnel (Chen, 1993).<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no tradition of commercial technology transfer in <strong>China</strong>, previously technology was<br />

transferred between the state owned conglomerates free of charge. In the end the price is<br />

us ually the decisive factor, given the technology fulfils the basic requirements. Flexible<br />

pricing strategies, such as modular pricing of individual components are a good method to<br />

make the deal transparent for the Chinese and give them options to chose from. Still, the value<br />

of a technology is often hotly debated in negotiations.<br />

Asking for the most advanced technology is understandable from the Chinese point of view –<br />

catching up with the first league industrialised countries as fast as possible is an implicit goal<br />

in many actions. However, in many cases leading front end technology is inappropriate and<br />

only a second best solution. Technology providers face the problem that they have to give<br />

guarantees concerning the performance of the technology although they do not ha ve control<br />

over the quality of material inputs or correct handling of the process. <strong>The</strong>y are trapped in a<br />

dilemma, knowing that a more mature technology suits better for the purpose while the<br />

123


Chinese insist on cutting edge technology. If the technology proves to be too advanced for the<br />

Chinese recipient, employees may mishandle the equipment due to lack of sufficient training,<br />

which could badly damage the foreign suppliers reputation.<br />

According to Confucian philosophy copying is a legitimate and clever way of learning; moral<br />

scruples do not exist. For an SME whose major asset is proprietary technology, it is<br />

imperative to control and to protect its technology from unauthorised use, copying and<br />

dissemination. Holding back key components (delivering them as bla ck box) is one defensive<br />

strategy. SMEs involved with rapidly evolving high-technology face probably less risk when<br />

transferring their top end technology to <strong>China</strong>. Once the Chinese fully master this technology,<br />

a succeeding technology generation has already been developed. Thus the risk of creating a<br />

competitor is minimal.<br />

Although Chinese Patent and Licensing Laws are of Western standard, law enforcement is<br />

still very weak (Kloth 1996). Dissemination of delivered technology is almost beyond control<br />

of a foreign SME; it happens that a process technology license is given for one manufacturing<br />

plant, that fees for this plant are paid regularly but that the technology is used in similar<br />

facilities without gratification and notification of the licensor.<br />

<strong>The</strong> risk of creating a competitor on the world market is inherent to process and product<br />

technology transfer. Chinese Licensing Laws do not permit any geographical restriction of the<br />

sales area of the products deriving from licensed or bought technology. Minimum sales prices<br />

are forbidden, giving the Chinese way to conquer established markets with dumping price<br />

strategies. However, it seems that only the largest Chinese firms have the experience and<br />

management resources to become a serious competitor on the world market.<br />

As Paul reflected on his <strong>China</strong> venture, he realised the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his dealings<br />

with the Chinese partner. Mr. Zheng’s good business relationships with the Chinese partners<br />

involved not only the provision of a foreign market for Chinese goods, but also the essential<br />

help and advice which he gives to them in terms of improvement to the products as well as the<br />

introduction of various appropriate technologies to the Chinese partner. When appropriate,<br />

Mr. Zheng has even helped the Chinese partners source for technology in Europe. Paul began<br />

to realise the reasons for the strengths and depths of Mr. Zheng’s relationships with his<br />

124


Chinese partners. He also began to realise why he could not seem to make any headway with<br />

his Chinese partners once Mr. Zheng is gone. Without extra “technology service” which Mr.<br />

Zheng is providing, the strategic partnership may not be too attractive to the Chinese partners.<br />

“Technology service” was never part of the formal agreement to co-operate in the existing<br />

trading arrangements. Similarly, the often necessary inspection and assembly activities<br />

relating to the trading activities were also never specified in any written agreement with<br />

Chinese partners. <strong>The</strong>se anomalies according to Paul’s past perception would now appear to<br />

be central to the business relationships Mr. Zheng had developed and critical to their<br />

maintenance over the longer term.<br />

Paul continued to read on about the cultural factors relating to the negotiations for a Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong> in <strong>China</strong>. Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller wrote:<br />

3.4 Negotiating for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong>: Strategic Considerations (by Brigitta Joho<br />

and Jürgen Müller)<br />

For many people in the West, <strong>China</strong> is not only geographically but also culturally very far<br />

away. Although modern communication technology gave us a closer link to the Asian world,<br />

this region still seems further away than for example Australia. <strong>The</strong> completely different<br />

culture is one major aspect. It is therefore no wonder that companies use Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s as a<br />

first step to enter the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong> way to a successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> is long and full of<br />

problems. <strong>The</strong> missing language ability is certainly not the biggest obstacle, but the lack of<br />

intercultural competence, social and economic knowledge and experience.<br />

<strong>The</strong> keys to a successful European–Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> lie in a very good preparation for<br />

the Chinese culture and for any problem which could await the investor, as well as the ability<br />

to use the opportunities provided by an intercultural partnership. This paper tries to highlight<br />

the main differences between German and Swiss values and customs on one side, and Chinese<br />

on the other.<br />

To illustrate these differences we proceed in the following way: In a first step we build the<br />

foundation for our paper, by giving a rough overview about the meaning of culture in its three<br />

different levels and their functions. In the next section we present a more theoretical approach<br />

to the Chinese way of doing business, and in the last part we summarise the experiences<br />

gathered through the inte rviews with different companies. Finally, we would give some<br />

recommendations on how to do business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

125


3.4.1 Culture<br />

Culture influences both economic behaviour and performance. In the Asian-Pacific region,<br />

several cultural and religious traditions exist: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Hinduism,<br />

Islam and Christianity. Additionally, Western attitudes like Liberalism and Communism have<br />

also influenced this region. 118<br />

Corporate<br />

culture<br />

business culture<br />

national culture<br />

FIGURE 3-19: Three levels of culture<br />

When we talk about culture in this context, we have to differentiate between three stages: the<br />

national culture, the business culture and the corporate culture. <strong>The</strong>se different levels cannot<br />

be separated, they interact.<br />

3.4.1.1 National Culture<br />

National culture provides the basis for our behaviour, way of thinking, customs, etc. We are<br />

socialised into our culture and we learn through culturally defined symbols which have<br />

specific meanings. Through socialisation people gain shared understandin g in a society to<br />

allow adequately for predictable and co-ordinated social activities. 119 In essence, this<br />

constituted our cultural background, and is the main reason why people from other societies<br />

are different from us. Culture does have its basic functions like division of labour, providing<br />

social controls against deviant behaviour, distribution of power, and providing a sense of<br />

priorities and values. 120<br />

At this point it is important to make a distinction between ‘nation’ and ‘country’. It is<br />

common to say that a nation, e.g. the Germans, live in one country, which is in this case<br />

Germany. But this view is too simplistic, separating different nationalities along country<br />

118 Schütte/Lasserre, 1996, p. 101.<br />

119 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />

120 Phatak, 1992, p. 9.<br />

126


orders. However, a country may also consist of peoples of different nationalities or ethnic<br />

groups, such as former Yugoslavia, the former USSR or Malaysia. 121 <strong>The</strong>re are also<br />

nationalities whose people straddle more than one country, such as the Kurds or the Basks.<br />

3.4.1.2 Business Culture<br />

Business culture is a sub-culture of the national culture. It often requires learning of cultural<br />

knowledge relevant to a person’s participation in the wider social-economic world. Business<br />

culture comprises the effective rules of the game, the boundaries between competition and<br />

unethical behaviour, the codes for conduct in business dealings. 122<br />

We will discuss the differences in business culture between Europe and <strong>China</strong> in section<br />

Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>, later in this<br />

paper.<br />

3.4.1.3 Corporate culture<br />

A business is an organisational entity with its own common and shared values. Characteristics<br />

of a corporate culture are shared values (e.g. ethical values on how to do business, business<br />

ideologies, and ideas of quality, co-operation, tolerance, hierarchy, control, etc.), shared<br />

norms (guidelines, leadership principles, etc.), shared attitudes (attitudes of the employees<br />

towards task, product, colleagues, leadership, company, development, customers, etc.) and<br />

shared artefacts (languages and language rules, behaviour, architecture, conferences and<br />

meetings, parties, rituals and ceremonies, myths and anecdotes, etc.). 123<br />

Just like in the society, sub-cultures can also exist in a company. This could be due to the<br />

different functional, hierarchical, regional, or other affiliations of the members, or due to<br />

differences in their nationalities, sex, age, and other personal characteristics. 124<br />

3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

What we are going to discuss in this sec tion should give you a general idea of Chinese<br />

business life and its culture. However, it does not guarantee a procedure without any difficulty<br />

121 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 36.<br />

122 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />

123 Stüdlein, 1997, pp. 38.<br />

124 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 39.<br />

127


in negotiations and communication with your Chinese partner. We should always keep in<br />

mind that human beings are individuals all over the world, it doesn’t matter if they come from<br />

Germany, Switzerland, Africa, or <strong>China</strong>. Each person needs to be treated individually.<br />

3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism<br />

Chinese philosophy and thought have been influenced greatly by Confucianism. Confucius<br />

was born in 551 BC, in what is now called Shandong province, and died in 479 BC. His<br />

ambition was to hold a high government office and reorder society through the administrative<br />

apparatus. <strong>The</strong> glorification of Confucius began after his death, and during the Han Dynasty,<br />

Confucianism effectively became the state “religion". He aimed to instil a feeling of humanity<br />

towards others and respect for oneself, as well as a sense of dignity of human life. Courtesy,<br />

selflessness, magnanimity, diligence and empathy would naturally follow. His ideal person<br />

was competent, poised, fearless, even-tempered and free of violence and vulgarity. 125<br />

<strong>The</strong> understanding of Confucianism may help foreigners to understand the Chinese better,<br />

particularly during negotiations:<br />

• Harmony is the highest goal of action and thought, to maintain it, each person has to seek<br />

compromise, not confrontation.<br />

• Stability of society is based on unequal relationships. This involves mutually binding<br />

obligations.<br />

• A family is the prototype of all social organisations. Every person is member of a family or<br />

group.<br />

• A role played by an individual is more important than the individual.<br />

• One must behave in a virtuous manner towards others. Everyone’s “face” must be<br />

maintained. 126<br />

Harmony is in the centre of morality, righteousness, relationships, virtue, sincerity and thrift.<br />

125 Storey, 1994, p. 72.<br />

126 Rubensdörffer, 1997.<br />

128


Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />

democratic, "mündig" (i.e. mature) respectful, obedient<br />

open-direct communication humble, demeanour-circuitous communication<br />

conflict means to clear issues seeking harmony towards all, tenacity<br />

Performance-motivated ready to learn and to take up<br />

active, self-driven patient, respectable, humble<br />

"have fun" thrift, sincerity<br />

advantage-driven morally, conscientious<br />

analytic-researching seeking synthesis/balance<br />

change: challenge, ego stability, tradition, family<br />

creative self-development self-discipline, self-sacrifice<br />

opinion-oriented evasive-"receiver-oriented"<br />

TABLE 3-18: Comparison of Values and Behaviour<br />

3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends<br />

For the Chinese, their family, including extended family and friends is the central unit. All<br />

members of the family and friends build a society network which can extend all over the<br />

world. This networ k, also called "guanxi", is based on personal loyalty, trust and<br />

responsibility. It takes a lot of time and patience to develop such a network, which involves<br />

lasting relationships. As a result, members of a network are obliged to each other. If someone<br />

is in trouble, the other members will work together on a solution. This social network is a<br />

major reason why Chinese business people can be so successful: <strong>The</strong>y work together and not<br />

against each other. "Guanxi" is carried into the economic system and has an immense<br />

influence on the Chinese decision-maker. For the Western business partner it means that he<br />

has to be conscious of the resulting restrictions as well as advantages when his Chinese<br />

counterpart belongs to such a network. 127<br />

A foreigner in <strong>China</strong> can eve ntually become part of a Chinese person’s circle of family and<br />

friends. However, he is expected to accept the traditional Chinese obligations of being a<br />

friend and must be reliable and dependable. Foreigners, who are not used to such a high level<br />

of mutual dependency can feel the Chinese expectations of friendship extremely burdensome.<br />

Moreover, friendship is expected to last throughout a person’s life. 128<br />

3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation<br />

At the first meeting it is very important that you have a positive effect on your Chinese<br />

partner. It is very helpful for further negotiations, if you are seen as competent and<br />

trustworthy.<br />

127 Melchers 1994, p. 66.<br />

129


Good self-presentation in Germany and Switzerland requires one to show the difference of<br />

one’s own person, the company, the offer and the product compared to others. In <strong>China</strong>, good<br />

self-preparation requires the presentation of one’s own personality which is ready to match<br />

the partners' interests and his existing relationships. <strong>The</strong> search for common interests, to show<br />

one’s own social position as well as to confirm respect for the potential partner, are central<br />

elements of the Chinese self-presentation. This kind of presentation aims at building trust and<br />

confirm trustworthiness. To build trust with someone means in <strong>China</strong> to be ready to confirm<br />

respect to the partner, to occupy oneself with his interests and to be ready to do business with<br />

him. 129<br />

Germany/Switzerland: <strong>China</strong>:<br />

self-confident Respected<br />

Successful know important people<br />

Competent influential<br />

experienced Educated<br />

Modern have luck and be happy<br />

political and cultural interested Experienced<br />

have a clear opinion Modern<br />

be able to afford something have a status<br />

Dynamic, energetic keep conventions<br />

Determined Helpful<br />

Emancipated polite and pleasant<br />

Unordinary to belong to an important family or company<br />

TABLE 3-19: Presentation of the own person 130<br />

128 Dunung, 1995, p. 105.<br />

129 Zailiang/Reisch, 1994, p. 8.<br />

130 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

130


3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting<br />

Chinese and Swiss/German people touch on different conversational topics at the first<br />

meeting. Europeans like to talk about things which just happened, what they studied or about<br />

their carrier, their own norms, exclusive hobbies, weekend or holiday events or about the<br />

inability of other people. Chinese tell about their own background, what they studied, their<br />

carrier, their stay abroad, food and drinks (very important!), international events, economic<br />

development, help and support offers, social relations and about everything, that is pleasant<br />

and gives a good feeling. 131<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are some topics you should not mention when you get to know your Chinese partner:<br />

• Do not praise yourself or a member of your family. However, it would be nice to praise the<br />

person you are talking to.<br />

• Do not make any critical or debasing remarks on anything.<br />

• Do not mention negative events like illness, misfortune, accident, etc.<br />

• Do not forget to show your positive sympathy and your personal interest for the well-being<br />

and welfare of the person you talk to.<br />

• Do not start controversial discussions.<br />

• Do not try to talk immediately about topics which could end in a conflict.<br />

• Do not get too near to your partner. 132<br />

Germany: <strong>China</strong>:<br />

Offensive, direct indirect defensive<br />

Active reactive, wait and see<br />

Critical take note of the communication<br />

Purposive purposive, reserved<br />

Analytical, systematically systematically<br />

Innovative, dynamically adaptable, open minded<br />

Emotional, engaged calm, self-controlled<br />

like a good colleague respectful, hierarchically distanced<br />

TABLE 3-20: Communication behaviour at the first meeting 133<br />

In short, it can be said that a German or Swiss tries to distinguish himself positively from<br />

others, that means he tries to present himself to be better than others. He does this by stressing<br />

131 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 10.<br />

132 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

133 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

131


his own norms and qualifications, or even by criticising others. Through these, he presents<br />

himself as very self-confident, competent and wealthy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese looks at self -presentation differently. In <strong>China</strong> somebody is noticed by others<br />

because he gets respect, he belongs to an important family, or he is a member of an influential<br />

group or because he has the support of other people.<br />

A potential conflict exists when the Chinese considers the Europeans’ behaviour as<br />

embarrassing or overdone. On the other hand, the Europeans cannot stand the self-<br />

presentation of the Chinese because they see their status gesture as ridiculous. Moreover they<br />

feel hurt by some topics raised by the Chinese.<br />

3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a clear difference between the European and Chinese communication process.<br />

Europeans are used to explain their final goal, give reasons for it and whenever possible<br />

defend it. From their point of view, it is the business of the negotiating partner to make his<br />

position clear and to give reasons for his target. Both partners have different goals. <strong>The</strong> final<br />

acceptable result will be somewhere in the middle of the two positions. <strong>The</strong>y reach it by<br />

clarifying the differences, make compromises and concessions to each other. <strong>The</strong> whole<br />

process is accompanied by relevant and logical arguments. <strong>The</strong> trick of the whole procedure is<br />

to receive more concessions than to give.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese do not follow this strategy. For them it is not effective enough, too direct and not<br />

very clever to show at the beginning your own goals to the partner. A Chinese wants to know<br />

his partner first and get an idea of him so that he can assess if he is the right person to work<br />

with. For these reasons the Chinese communication strategy does not start with the building<br />

up of positions and clarifying divergence but starts with agreements where the negotiating<br />

partners have a lot in common. Up to here they try to widen the spectrum of agreements. <strong>The</strong><br />

negotiation begins only when there is a subject where the divergence is low and the chance is<br />

high to come to an agreement. <strong>The</strong> more delicate a subject and the bigger the differences, the<br />

more they will postpone discussion on the subject. <strong>The</strong> reason is simple. <strong>The</strong> more time spent<br />

on negotiations, the higher the possibility that the counterpart will agree and make<br />

concessions. Moreover, the longer the negotiations go, the better the Chinese get to know the<br />

partner and his strengths and weaknesses. With this strategy the goals of the Chinese appear<br />

132


only after a certain time and even then, is made known step by step. 134 If difficulties arise<br />

during the negotiation process and the partners do not come to a solution or when a position is<br />

not acceptable, the Chinese leave the subject aside and go on to the next topic or change the<br />

level of discussion. It might appear to you that Chinese wants to drag out the discussions in<br />

order to wear down your patience gradually. In fact, the decision-making process in <strong>China</strong> is<br />

often slower than in Europe. <strong>The</strong> Chinese wants to avoid disharmony and may require inputs<br />

from national, provincial and local levels. 135 This interruption of the discussion does not mean,<br />

that the Chinese is giving up. If the subject is important for them, they will come back to it<br />

again at a later time. Chinese can be very persistent and do not just give up. German and<br />

Swiss mana gers often have problems with this style of negotiation. <strong>The</strong>y are used to discuss a<br />

subject until they get to a result. However, Chinese often change the topic although they did<br />

not find a solution. In their eyes a change in the discussion level helps to relax and can lead to<br />

a better atmosphere, making it easier to make progress in the negotiation. This tactic can be<br />

very stressful for Europeans who are determined and want to come straight to the point. It is<br />

necessary to be patient in negotiations with the Chinese. Fierce outbursts will not earn you<br />

any respect. Patience, flexibility and creativity are the keys in negotiating successfully in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Be prepared for tough negotiations. Adhere to your principles and objectives. Maintain<br />

a quiet and dignified manner. If problems develop, you should be firm about your limits and<br />

your willingness to work with your counterparts to find a mutually agreeable solution.<br />

As we can see, Chinese and German or Swiss communication strategies differ considerably.<br />

Both sides have different ideas of clever negotiation. By the respectful toughness and<br />

persistence of the Chinese, European managers get the feeling that they want to pull the wool<br />

over their eyes in a systematic way. However, the Chinese do have visible patterns and rules<br />

in their communication strategy. When these patterns are recognised, it is a lot easier for<br />

Europeans to negotiate with the Chinese. 136 It is advisable to allow your counterpart to set the<br />

tone and level for frankness and to follow his lead. Remember, the friendlier Chinese talk<br />

about a subject the more important it is for them. 137<br />

134 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 85.<br />

135 Dunung, 1995, p. 116.<br />

136 Dunung, 1995, p. 86.<br />

137 Heiniger, 1997, p. 134.<br />

133


3.4.2.6 Yes and No<br />

Chinese do not like to say "No" or to be the bearer of negative news. If they do not agree with<br />

something they will hint indirectly by saying something like "It is inconvenient" or they will<br />

raise twice an objection to a subject to show that they do not agree. 138<br />

It is similar with "Yes". Chinese tend to response to nearly everything with "Yes". This could<br />

be an insignificant "Yes" which means "we hear you", a "Yes" which means "we listen to<br />

you", or a "Yes" which really means "Yes". You have to be careful with the interpretation of<br />

the "Yes". It doesn’t always mean an agreement on the Chinese side. If you are not sure of the<br />

meaning of the "Yes" or "No", avoid asking your counterparts directly about the meaning of<br />

the answer. Do not ask embarrassing questions. If an answer is "No" verify it by asking a<br />

question which can be answered positively. 139 It is important that all parties maintain "face".<br />

<strong>The</strong> big challenge for western people means: learn to guess what has been said even though<br />

nothing seemed to have been said. 140<br />

3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />

Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />

functional-objective integrated-intuitive<br />

Analytical Synthetic<br />

Linear non-linear<br />

team hierarchy<br />

refer to things refer to persons<br />

follow principles refer to the situation<br />

individual sense of community<br />

direct approach indirect approach<br />

TABLE 3-21: Manager-thinking: Comparison of Germany/ Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> 141<br />

Further cultural differences arise with regard to business-partnership. Europeans value<br />

control, results and equal rights. <strong>The</strong>y see business as business, want to strengthen their<br />

position and have a legal attachme nt. Chinese, however, value confidence, human attachment,<br />

equality and process. In their eyes business is also a private matter and in a business<br />

relationship, weakness has to be balanced. 142<br />

138 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />

139 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />

140 Heiniger, 1997, pp. 134.<br />

141 Chung/Sievert, 1995, p. 55.<br />

142 Chung/Sievert, Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, p. 56.<br />

134


3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong><br />

A few years ago, when <strong>China</strong> was still an unknown area for business, not many Europeans<br />

had ever heard anything about intercultural management, and few thought of attending a<br />

training course. Nowadays, some western companies have quite some knowledge about <strong>China</strong><br />

and its culture because of their past experiences. <strong>The</strong>y learned from these experiences and as a<br />

result co-operation with a Chinese partner is much easier today. Most Western employees<br />

who plan to go to <strong>China</strong>, attend a 3-day seminar or something similar, so that they get at least<br />

some ideas of the Chinese culture, but there is no intensive training to prepare them<br />

adequately.<br />

<strong>China</strong> and its people are still relatively unknown to many Europeans but the companies have<br />

learned to understand the culture and to adapt to it. For this reason, our interview partners<br />

were able to give us a good idea of important factors to build up a good relationship with the<br />

Chinese partner and to be successful in business.<br />

Good intercultural management may not mean trying to find solutions for existing problems<br />

between the partners, but trying to avoid them.<br />

3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies<br />

Our intention was to interview companies from different industries to see if intercultural<br />

problems come up only because of the collision of two cultures or if it is also a matter of the<br />

industry. <strong>The</strong> following companies were interviewed:<br />

• Bühler AG, Uzwil, Switzerland<br />

• BASF AG, Ludwigshafen, Germany<br />

• Daniel Swarovski Corporation AG, Feldmeilen, Switzerland<br />

• D. Swarovski & Co., Wattens, Austria<br />

• Georg Fischer AG, Schaffhausen, Switzerland<br />

• Hilti Aktiengesellschaft, Schaan, Fürstentum Liechtenstein<br />

All interviewed companies have had experiences with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> for several<br />

years. From the interviews, it is clear that intercultural problems do not depend on the<br />

industry a company is in.<br />

135


3.4.3.2 Interviews<br />

In the interviews, the companies were asked questions relating to 4 areas:<br />

1. Preparation for their engagement in <strong>China</strong>, including training courses for employees;<br />

2. Search for and evaluation of the Chinese partner;<br />

3. Negotiation process – the problems, solutions and avoidance of problems;<br />

4. Daily business dealings as well as some general questions relating to doing business in<br />

<strong>China</strong>.<br />

3.4.3.3 Important Factors<br />

During the interviews we received a lot of information. <strong>The</strong> most important factors to avoid<br />

intercultural problems and to build up a good relationship with the Chinese partner as well as<br />

to be successful in business are presented in the following section.<br />

Employees and Training<br />

An expatriate who is representing the European part of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, has a very important<br />

and meaningful function. He has a strong influence on the Chinese partner's behaviour and it<br />

is mostly up to him as to whether the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners have a good relationship and<br />

good co-operation. <strong>The</strong>refore, the expatriate has to be highly motivated to go to <strong>China</strong> and he<br />

needs to be very positive and feel good about this decision. It is also absolutely necessary that<br />

he has a general interest in the country and its people. Otherwise his stay in <strong>China</strong> will<br />

become very stressful and uncomfortable. This again would have a negative influence on his<br />

behaviour.<br />

Professional qualifications of an expatriate is also a prerequisite, but it is not the most<br />

important factor in <strong>China</strong>. Much more important are social abilities. He has to be very<br />

sensitive and needs a good feeling for people. He has to try to understand what the Chinese<br />

are saying to him and therefore he has to be a person who listens to others. Furthermore he<br />

needs the ability to communicate in a way that nobody is loosing “face”. A rude expatriate<br />

who is not able to adapt to Chinese behaviours would lose his face and also his reputation.<br />

Moreover an intercultural training course is highly recommended. One of the interviewed<br />

companies found in their experience, that people who worked for a few weeks or months in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and did not attend a training course had much more troubles in adopting to the Chinese<br />

way of life. <strong>The</strong>y were much more annoyed about little things and complained more than the<br />

136


ones who atte nded a course. <strong>The</strong>y simply do not have a basic understanding for the different<br />

thinking and values of the Chinese. <strong>The</strong>y expect the Chinese to act like Europeans.<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

To be successful in the long run, it is essential to have the right Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner, that is<br />

one who is interested in a long-lasting relationship. <strong>The</strong>refore it is not unusual for the search<br />

for the right counterpart to take two to three years. It is easy for Chinese to impress Europeans<br />

and to pull the wool over their eyes, because it is quite difficult for investors to check the<br />

information a potential partner gives to them. For this reason it is important to screen each<br />

potential partner carefully.<br />

As a result of early export activities, most of our interviewed companies had already good<br />

relations with <strong>China</strong> long before their Joint <strong>Venture</strong> engagement. <strong>The</strong> advantage of export<br />

partners becoming Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners, is that they know and trust each other before they<br />

start their business activities in the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />

If no relations to a Chinese company exist, you might get help from the local embassy,<br />

business associations, consulates or of other European companies already doing business in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. In this case it is best to choose a well established Chinese company as Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

partner. <strong>The</strong> company has already successfully built up a reputation in the market and is not<br />

willing to lose this. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is likely to act within a Western legal frame. Moreover, the<br />

more similar the business philosophies of the two partners, the bigger the chance of becoming<br />

successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners in business.<br />

Negotiation process<br />

<strong>The</strong> negotiation process will last on the average between one and two years. This period was<br />

mentioned by all our interview partners. It is important, that trust in the Chinese partner is a<br />

central point for negotiations. <strong>The</strong> Chinese partner should, as already mentioned above, be<br />

interested in a long-lasting relationship. This means, that his main target is not to make short-<br />

term profits or misuse the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> to get access to foreign technology for his own use.<br />

Europeans must take their counterpart serious and must have a fair attitude in order to achieve<br />

a good and friendly negotiation climate. This means, that they have to listen and pay attention<br />

to what their Chinese negotiation partner says. Europeans should try to find a basic<br />

understanding of Chinese values and behaviours. <strong>The</strong>y should stick to their own position and<br />

strategy, but at the same time think also about the Chinese position. One should always<br />

evaluate the Chinese point of view. Good relations at a personal level can help a lot.<br />

137


To achieve good personal relations, it is important to meet regularly with the potential<br />

Chinese partners. Continuous contact via telephone, fax and le tters cannot replace the<br />

personal face-to-face meeting. It is also important to have informal meetings besides those at<br />

the negotiation table, such as at a Karaoke bar, at dinner, etc. This was highly recommended<br />

by nearly all of our interview partners. One said, that you have to meet so often at an informal<br />

level and talk about the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, that in the end, everybody is saying the same thing and<br />

nobody is losing face. It helps both sides to get to know each other better.<br />

Another important factor, me ntioned by our interview partners, is that the Europeans should<br />

adapt to Chinese’s negotiation tactics. <strong>The</strong>y have to learn the way Chinese do business and<br />

how they negotiate. This learning will take a long time, and is mainly a process of trial and<br />

error, and can hardly be learned before going to <strong>China</strong>. A recommendation of our<br />

interviewees on how to handle this problem is the following: "Be very flexible at the initial<br />

stage". This sentence is a central statement. <strong>The</strong> "Letter of Intent" is only used to convince the<br />

governmental institutions, it is not a pre-contract. Here, one can make concessions, but do not<br />

move too far from the final goal.<br />

Despite economic development and opening to the West, the Chinese keep their traditions.<br />

Two main topics in this context are seniority and hierarchical thinking. This means, that the<br />

oldest is the leader of the negotiation team and decides. <strong>The</strong>re are no democratic decisions.<br />

Because of this acceptance of authority, you have to be sure about your goal and strategy. An<br />

example, that illustrates this point, is, that in a Chinese negotiation delegation only one person<br />

is talking, whereas in a German or Swiss delegation, everybody is talking. Chinese are very<br />

analytical and once they recognised that there is no common strategy in the European team,<br />

they will try to use this to their own advantage. <strong>The</strong>refore, negotiation meetings have to be<br />

very well prepared for by the Europeans as the Chinese are well prepared. You have to stick<br />

to your strategy, otherwise one single remark can turn the whole negotiation process up-side<br />

down.<br />

During negotiations, Chinese often switch negotiators and the subject. This is not bad at all.<br />

Think of the following, which happened to one of our interview partners: You negotiate e.g. a<br />

whole year without having found a single solution or common level. If now the Chinese<br />

switch the negotiators, it can also be an advantage for you, because with the new team you<br />

can start the discussion again, and the possibility to find a mutual solution could be much<br />

higher.<br />

138


Another Chinese tactic is, as mentioned above, to delay decisions. Europeans should not be<br />

too astonished if the first question on their arrival in <strong>China</strong> is for their flight back. A<br />

preferable answer, in this case, is to say that you stay as long as the negotiations will last. One<br />

interviewee suggested to present a shorter time table or leave the returning flight open. When<br />

the Chinese know the return date, a typical negotiation week may look like this: First half of<br />

the week will be spent on social activities and dinners at the evening. <strong>The</strong> "friendly banquet"<br />

during the negotiation period is used by the Chinese to get to know the European partner<br />

better. <strong>The</strong> second half will be general discussion and on the last day the real contract<br />

negotiations will start. That way, Chinese try to force the foreign partner to make more<br />

concessions and accept a less favourable contract. <strong>The</strong>y know that you cannot go back home<br />

without achieving anything.<br />

"<strong>The</strong> end of a negotiation period is the beginning for further ne gotiations." In <strong>China</strong>, a<br />

contract is not rigid. It can happen, that after a contract is negotiated and ready for signing, the<br />

Chinese partner wants to discuss the subject again.<br />

Recommendations<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no general recipe. Nobody has a hundred per cent success formula. However, there<br />

are some recommendations, made by our interview partners, which may help. A Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

should always be based on partnership. Win their trust and be prepared for compromises. Be<br />

patient, reserve a lot of time and be sure that your goal is not to far away from that of your<br />

partner. A good personal relationship is a very important success factor. Stay in regular<br />

contact, even if there are no problems. This will show your interest. You will have the<br />

opportunity to feel the mood of the employees of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. Take care of your<br />

expatriates. You can use their knowledge of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> and <strong>China</strong> for other employees<br />

and the mother company. Remember, that everything is translated in <strong>China</strong>. This is one reason<br />

why everything takes longer. In most Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of our interview partners, the President is<br />

Chinese, the Vice President is German or Swiss and the General Manager is German or Swiss<br />

and the Vice General Manager is Chinese. This is because Chinese still have the hierarchical<br />

thinking, and a Chinese President knows Chinese business better and can use his influence<br />

and connections for the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. <strong>The</strong> European, as General manager, can contribute the<br />

technical and management knowledge. Hong Kong and overseas Chinese can act as<br />

intermediates and catalysts, because they know both worlds, the Western and the Chinese one.<br />

139


3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews<br />

Companies which stress the human factor have the biggest success in <strong>China</strong>. During our<br />

research, we found out that companie s which have existing business relations to <strong>China</strong>,<br />

because of former export activities, and good connections to embassies or politicians have<br />

less problems than the others. <strong>The</strong> companies which trust their Chinese counterpart and have<br />

no fixed framework are more successful than the others. It should always be kept in mind that<br />

Chinese also want to make profit. <strong>The</strong>ir understanding of profit differs sometimes from that of<br />

the Europeans. Chinese are perceived as being more short-time oriented, whereas German and<br />

Swiss companies want to establish a long-term relationship. If the European companies accept<br />

these differences and offer the Chinese partners a significant share of profit and stay flexible,<br />

they have less difficulties. An aspect which is important but cannot be influenced is luck.<br />

Without it, every preparation and strategy is worthless.<br />

It is not wise to push Chinese straight to the point. A basic understanding, achieved by<br />

training or experience, is highly important. Using European management and negotiation<br />

tactics will lead to a disaster. "It is not a shame to be European, and it is not a shame to make<br />

mistakes." This statement is true, but without any intercultural sensitivity one mistake may<br />

often to be too much.<br />

Reading this paper helped Paul to realise a major perception problem in his relationships with<br />

the Chinese. He just did not understand what this “Guanxi” is all about, which Mr. Zheng had<br />

so dutifully developed for his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>. It is a social network involving genuine<br />

relationships of trust, loyalty and responsibility. It has little to do with corruption or<br />

malpractice although to the uninitiated, it may look somewhat like that. Indeed, the Chinese<br />

were so nice to him because they were really giving him the opportunity to develop genuine<br />

relationships (Guanxi) with them. <strong>The</strong> Chinese are not in the habit of working with someone<br />

they do not know and without such genuine relationships. <strong>The</strong>se thoughts made Paul want to<br />

kick himself for his cultural ignorance and impatience. He should have spent some time trying<br />

to understand his Chinese partners and venture, not just the superficial business and financial<br />

aspects, but more the social relationship aspects on which the venture is grounded.<br />

Paul turned to the final paper on post-entry strategic considerations.<br />

140


4. Post-Entry Strategic Considerations<br />

<strong>The</strong> problem of a <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> not working well or even stumbling after a successful entry<br />

is a very real problem. Many companies made the mistake of leaving their <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> to<br />

less experienced managers once it has been successfully set up. Most simply did not realise<br />

the volatility of the ever changing environment and how fast such environmental changes<br />

would demand a re-positioning of their business ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, such an<br />

environment is also alien to Paul. He did not realise the dynamics of this environment when<br />

Mr. Zheng was running the business. He did not realise it when he took over the running of<br />

the business. He finally began to realise the problem as he read on in a paper by Klaus<br />

Kukovetz...<br />

4.1 Post-entry Considerations: Need for Re-evaluation and Re-positioning (by<br />

Klaus Kukovetz)<br />

4.1.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese business environment is characterised by high GDP growth rates and therefore a<br />

fast changing business environment. <strong>The</strong> regulatory environment is also only emerging, which<br />

makes rapid changes in the political and judicial system possible. Because of its geographical<br />

and cultural distance to Europe, the inner workings of the country, reasons and speed of<br />

change, etc. are often diffic ult to understand for foreign companies.<br />

For all of these reasons, a strategy for the Chinese market has to be flexibly applied according<br />

to changes in the underlying variables. To be able to react in a timely and appropriate way, a<br />

company will need to establish reliable feedback loops to channel information from the field<br />

back to the headquarters.<br />

Information sources for such feedback loops should be plentiful and extend to sources outside<br />

one’s own organisation. Often, managers in the local subsidiary will be biased about specific<br />

bits of information. Censorship might come only too naturally to managers in <strong>China</strong>. For this<br />

reason, a broad net of business contacts with people, companies, and other organisations<br />

focused on <strong>China</strong> will be very useful. Such a w eb of inside and outside sources of information<br />

and feedback will provide a better basis for sound decisions.<br />

In addition, a system of constant re-evaluation should be built up, which should be designed<br />

to compare planned developments from actual trends. Not all disparities between plan and<br />

reality are reasons for concern or should initiate structural changes. Due to the unreliability of<br />

141


much business data in <strong>China</strong> and the speed of change and development in the environment.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re, many plans will prove inadequate and unable to reflect actual developments. In this<br />

respect, a large pool of applicable and reliable information from efficient sources will be<br />

particularly helpful, as it helps to differentiate between discrepancies caused by slower<br />

development of an otherwise well designed business and those caused by operational or<br />

strategy related flaws of the company.<br />

An organisational structure for gathering information and feedback together with processes to<br />

periodically re-evaluate the business, should form the basis for post-entry strategic success.<br />

However, these structures and processes can only be utilised to their fullest if they go hand in<br />

hand with the will, determination, and power to actively reposition the Chinese business if<br />

necessary.<br />

<strong>The</strong> will and determination will have to be achieved by appropriate internal monitoring and<br />

management processes. <strong>The</strong> power to do so, however, is often won or lost during the initial<br />

phase of negotiations with one’s partners. If the joint venture partner has a significant share in<br />

the ownership of the project, strategic change may be very difficult to achieve. This may<br />

result, as the examples below will show, in outright failure of the whole project and total loss<br />

of the investment. For this reason, the possibility for significant strategic repositioning needs<br />

to be taken into account already in the business formation phase.<br />

<strong>The</strong> need to reposition one's activities will be larger in <strong>China</strong> than in a more stable business<br />

environment. <strong>The</strong> challenges faced in trying to achieve such goals may easily be<br />

underestimated. <strong>The</strong> following examples and case-studies will show how the need for re-<br />

evaluation and repositioning can arise in reality. Some of the dire consequences of the lack of<br />

planning for exit strategies can surely be avoid ed by openly discussing and accounting for<br />

various developments that might make strategic change necessary.<br />

4.1.2 Case studies<br />

4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)<br />

LGC is a family owned company supplying highly priced fashion jewellery to a world market.<br />

With around 9200 employees the company generates a turnover of around 1.4 billion CHF. It<br />

operates globally with more than 70 group companies, most of which are sales offices. By the<br />

early 1990s, the company operated two production facilities in Asia. One of them in Thailand<br />

142


and the other one in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company organised its Asian activities through sales offices<br />

in <strong>China</strong>, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand.<br />

LGC started the process of building up its joint venture in <strong>China</strong> already in the mid 1980s. By<br />

doing so it could draw on the 25 years long experience of its Hong Kong office. 50 per cent of<br />

the joint venture was owned by LGC, the rest by two Chinese partners, one of them a<br />

government agency.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company encountered little problems in starting up production and it also managed to<br />

achieve its goal to stimulate the development of a local fashion industry that would use some<br />

of LGC's core products as raw materials. <strong>The</strong>re were no quality problems with the products as<br />

export goals could be easily met.<br />

However, internal sales did not develop according to plan. <strong>The</strong> partner company did not meet<br />

LGC's expectations as far as distribution and logistics was concerned. Also, the partner did<br />

not offer the expected network of contacts to relevant business partners. Managerial problems<br />

were caused by a lack of co-operation between the foreign and local partners. Managers<br />

appointed by the Chinese side tried to short cut decision making by LGC's general manager.<br />

This resulted in bad business decisions, among which was the hiring of inappropriate staff.<br />

Internal problems of the company were further worsened by a market which initially proved<br />

smaller than forecast, by problems in exporting to other regions, and by a quickly emerging<br />

competitive environment. Competitors soon managed to offer similar products, albeit at lower<br />

quality, at much cheaper prices.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se trends did not escape the attention of the managers at LGC's headquarters. For a long<br />

time they tried to mend the problems within the existing organisational structure but had<br />

finally realised that a complete re-evaluation and repositioning of the company's activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong> was necessary.<br />

For this purpose, the management formed a team of specialist at the European headquarters.<br />

This group could draw on information from within <strong>China</strong>, within the region, most notably<br />

from its regional office in Hong Kong, as well as from outside sources. LGC attributed<br />

enough attention to this repositioning process to invite professional, as well as semi-<br />

professional consultants to join their efforts to reposition the company's strategies. 143<br />

143 One of these groups of outside advisors was headed by the author together with a fellow<br />

researcher, Reza Rahimi. <strong>The</strong> team also included nine graduate students of the University of St.<br />

Gallen, Switzerland.<br />

143


During the many years of trying to fix problems internally without the means nor will to<br />

enforce major changes, the business environment in <strong>China</strong> had also changed so dramatically<br />

that LGC had to restart planning from base zero. This meant that after around ten years of<br />

doing business in <strong>China</strong> with a largely unchanged organisational structure which did not<br />

perform satisfactorily, the company preferred to plan a completely new market entrance rather<br />

than trying to build on its existing organisation. Knowing that the joint venture agreement was<br />

too rigid to allow for major changes, LGC was willing to forfeit most of its investments in the<br />

existing company.<br />

LGC considered its many years of operations in <strong>China</strong> as a valuable - if costly - learning<br />

phase, which helped the company to now plan a new market entry with a more suitable and<br />

flexible structure. In doing so, LGC developed an aggressive plan of quick market<br />

penetration, which would inte grate all the company's relevant business units. Instead of trying<br />

to accommodate this new strategy with existing structures, it opted to write -off its investments<br />

up to date to avoid further delays in re-structuring and repositioning.<br />

<strong>The</strong> example of LGC shows clearly that in a fast changing, unstable and very risky business<br />

environment, flexibility is a core virtue. Flexibility to significantly change a company's<br />

strategy in a target market may, however, be forfeited very early on in the market entry<br />

process. In LGC's example, the joint venture agreement did not only suffer from operational<br />

problems but it also made a swift and decisive change in goals, structures and operations<br />

impossible. Realising the need for possible restructuring and repositioning in the future even<br />

before start up is very important and should therefore be taken into considerations in the early<br />

phases of strategic planning for market entry.<br />

4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC) 144<br />

CGC is a continental European SME with around 1000 employees and 150 million CHF<br />

turnover. It produces goods in a variety of industries. Its core competence is coffee roasting<br />

and the manufacture of various coffee-based drinks. Coffee is also the strategic business unit<br />

which CGC chose for market entry into <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Prior to its market entrance, CGC had gathered some relevant experience through its<br />

marketing of speciality coffee products in Japan. <strong>The</strong> company had not, however, had any<br />

144 <strong>The</strong> research for this case study was undertaken by the author in 1997.<br />

144


experience in operating production facilities outside Europe before it entered into joint<br />

venture negotiations in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Planning for the foundation of a production joint venture started in 1993 and progressed<br />

rapidly, even though CGC's management did not have any relevant experience of doing<br />

business or negotiating in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> goals of the company were straight forward. It wanted<br />

to penetrate the market quickly, starting with sales in <strong>China</strong>'s most promising city, Shanghai.<br />

Plans were short-term with expectations of breaking even in the second year of operations.<br />

During the planning and build up phase, no consideration was given to the eventuality of a<br />

failure. No exit strategy was therefore discussed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company decided quickly to enter the market via a joint venture agreement with a local<br />

partner. Negotiations were swift as both partners wanted to start doing business quickly. <strong>The</strong><br />

contract was considered very favourable to CGC, giving it 60% of voting rights, as well as<br />

management authority. <strong>The</strong> partner, a state -owned business, contributed land and buildings.<br />

During the negotiations the partner had insisted that the joint venture would take on people<br />

from the partner company if they had appropriate experience for their new jobs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> newly formed joint venture company achieved a satisfactory product quality very quickly<br />

through the utilisation of European machinery. Even more successful were the marketing<br />

efforts of the company. According to their own estimation, CGC achieved a brand recognition<br />

rate in Shanghai of over 90% within two years of operation.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se marketing efforts and successes, however, were not mirrored in similarly impressive<br />

sales figures. This was mainly true because distribution did not work at all. Like what<br />

happened to so many other foreign companies, CGC's partner did not live up to expectations.<br />

At the beginning, the joint venture company relied mostly on the partner's distribution<br />

channels which proved to be so inadequate, that demand could not even be met in the city of<br />

Shanghai. Further expansion to other regions seemed completely beyond the capability of the<br />

company.<br />

Apart from distribution, the company also faced major cost problems. Production turned out<br />

to be much more expensive than originally planned. Personnel costs were much higher than<br />

forecast. <strong>The</strong> reason for the high personnel costs could be traced bac k to the hiring of too<br />

many and too inefficient workers from the partner company. CGC hoped that changing the<br />

general manager, who had the ultimate authority over hiring people, would cure the problem.<br />

However, the partner company continued to exert pressure on the new general manager to hire<br />

more and more employees.<br />

145


<strong>The</strong> apparent policy of the partner company to channel workers to the joint venture affected<br />

also for the distribution system as the partner would sabotage the initially successful efforts to<br />

outsource distribution to a third party.<br />

Problems like these are reported by many companies operating in <strong>China</strong>. Many of these<br />

problems will not be totally avoidable. It is crucial, however, how a company can react in face<br />

of such problems and challenges.<br />

CGC's management was well aware of the problems at an early stage on. After the initial<br />

phase of joint venture foundation was completed, the management's interest in their <strong>China</strong><br />

project did not diminish. This was due to the significance of the venture for the relatively<br />

small and internationally inexperienced company. For this reason as well as the short term<br />

goals of the joint venture, CGC realised very early on that a re -evaluation and subsequent<br />

repositioning of the joint venture was necessary.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were enough ideas for such a repositioning, ranging from a stop to new employees, to<br />

the outsourcing of distribution. <strong>The</strong> company had also hoped that its contract, capital<br />

majority, and management authority would allow it to alter operational strategy relatively<br />

easily. CGC had to realise, however, that a repositioning within the current structure could not<br />

be achieved. It had not talked with its partner about eventualities that would make massive<br />

changes of the operations of the company necessary. More importantly, CGC realised only<br />

later on that there existed a mismatch of goals between the foreign and Chinese partner, who<br />

seemed to be mostly concerned with cutting down its own work force.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, any drive for change met with fierce opposition. Combined with a certain lack of<br />

understanding of local procedures, the working climate deteriorated massively, until CGC had<br />

to realise that the venture had failed entirely. CGC ultimately had lost all of its capital.<br />

Just as in the case of LGC, also CGC failed to provide for the possibility of massive<br />

restructuring and repositioning in the early phases of market entry planning. In their<br />

evaluation of market entry methods, both companies did not give enough weight to the<br />

flexibility that a wholly owned, or de -facto wholly owned company would provide for the<br />

foreign investor. Both companies might have chosen a joint venture agreement even if they<br />

had taken such possibilities into consideration. But by ignoring the possibility of the necessity<br />

of major changes in operational and strategic direction, the companies did not plan their<br />

market entrance in an optimal way.<br />

146


In these two cases, the companies may well have never had a fair chance to succeed. It is<br />

possible, however, to learn from these two case studies that complete failure of one's<br />

investment projects might be avoidable through the creation of a very flexible organisational<br />

structure. This could either be achieved alone or with one’s partners. In the latter case, a<br />

potential investor would have to evaluate in an early stage of the planning process, the<br />

reaction of the partner to significant strategic changes due to problems or massive variations<br />

in the competitive environment. It can be concluded that post-entry considerations must be<br />

taken into consideration during the early stages of market entry planning.<br />

147


Epilogue<br />

Finally, Paul has finished reading the set of <strong>China</strong> papers. <strong>The</strong>re is little doubt that <strong>China</strong> is<br />

not too perplexing anymore. Indeed, his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> has succeeded under Mr. Zheng<br />

because Mr. Zheng knew his business well and the operating environment in <strong>China</strong> well. He<br />

also knew his partners and business collaborators well enough to know how to set up and<br />

maintain a long term mutually beneficial relationship with them. He wished he had not let Mr.<br />

Zheng go.<br />

As Paul sat and pondered about his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>, he could envisage how he too would have<br />

succeeded without Mr. Zheng. <strong>The</strong>re is so much more that could have been done. After all, he<br />

certainly was lucky to have so many former business partners who have proved their<br />

reliability through past dealings. This is a far cry from the many often heard complaints of<br />

foreign businessmen in <strong>China</strong>. He had the right contacts and yet, he seemed to have lost them<br />

all. He wished he had read these papers earlier, but then it may still not be too late. Should he<br />

not go back to <strong>China</strong> and try to revive his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>? Will his former partners and<br />

collaborators in <strong>China</strong> accept him again? Can he start again? <strong>The</strong>se questions continued to<br />

occupy his mind as he slumped on his easy chair and fell deep asleep.<br />

148


5. References<br />

Aharoni, Y. (1966):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Foreign Investment Decision Approach. Boston, Mass., Graduate School of Business<br />

Administration, Harvard University.<br />

Alexander, G. / Sharpe, W. / Bailey, J. (1993):<br />

Fundamentals of Investments , Englewood Cliffs.<br />

Angang, Hu (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s Environmental Issues. In: Harris, Stuart/Klintworth, Gary (1995):<strong>China</strong> as a Great<br />

Power. Myths, Realities and Challenges in the Asia -Pacific Region.St. Martin’s Press, New<br />

York.<br />

Arthur Andersen (Ed.) (1996):<br />

<strong>China</strong> Perspectives. 4 th Edition. Hong Kong, Arthur Andersen.<br />

Bamberger, I. / Evers, M. (1994):<br />

Internationalization Behaviour of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises - Empirical Results.<br />

In: Product/Market Strategies of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, (ed. by Bamberger, I.),<br />

Aldershot.<br />

Borrmann, A. / Holthus, M. / Menck, K.-W. / Schnatz, B. (1996):<br />

Kleine und mittlere deutsche Unternehmen in Asien: Investitionschancen und Erfahrungen.<br />

HWWA Veröffentlichung Band 30, Nomos, Baden-Baden.<br />

Brahm L. and Li D. (1996):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong> , Butterworth-Heinemann Asia, Singapore.<br />

Brealey, R. / Myers, S. (1991):<br />

Principles of Corporate Finance, New York, 4. Auflage.<br />

Brown, D. G. (1986):<br />

Partnership with <strong>China</strong>. Sino -Foreign Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in Historical Perspective. Westview,<br />

Boulder.<br />

Buchmann, U. / Huang, R. / Christen, D. / Bristol, E. (1996):<br />

Economic and legal perspectives of financial deregulation in <strong>China</strong>, Credit Suisse -Report,<br />

<strong>China</strong>, March 1996.<br />

Bülk, J. H. (1997):<br />

Marterschliessungsstrategien Deutscher und Schweizerischer Klein und Mittelunternehmen in<br />

der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> . St. Gallen, Dissertation.<br />

Büschgen, H. (1993):<br />

Bankbetriebslehre, 4. Aufl., Wiesbaden.<br />

Business <strong>China</strong> (1998):<br />

Bank with attitude - Corporate profile; <strong>The</strong> Economist Intelligence Unit Ltd. 1998, Business<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Issue July 6th 1998.<br />

149


Buxbaum, D.C. / Gonzalez, E.A. (1998):<br />

Debt or equity? Financing options for PRC investors, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />

1998, 10-14.<br />

Cao, K. (1995):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Changing Capital Markets of East Asia, London/New York.<br />

Chan, P. (1995):<br />

Raising Capital through the Shanghai Stock Market, in: <strong>China</strong> Banking & Finance, 28 June<br />

1995, 1-5.<br />

Chandra, V. / Bal, D. (1995):<br />

Technology Financing of SMEs in the Asia Pacific Region. Tech Monitor, Nov-Dec 1995, 8-<br />

13.<br />

Chen, Min (1993):<br />

Understanding the process of doing business in <strong>China</strong>, Taiwan and Hong Kong: a guide for<br />

international executives, Lewiston, New York.<br />

Chengsi, Z. (1994):<br />

Changing Trends: Special Features, Merits and Shortcomings of <strong>China</strong>’s Laws for intellectual<br />

Property Protection. Tech Monitor, May-June 1994, 13-32.<br />

Child, J. (1994):<br />

Management in <strong>China</strong> during the Age of Reform. Cambridge University Press.<br />

Chong, Li Choy (1990):<br />

Sources of business financing and financing practices: a comparison among U.S. and Asian<br />

countries", Journal of Business Venturing , page 272.<br />

Chung, Tzöl Zae/Sievert, Hans-Wolf (1995):<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s im chinesischen Kulturkreis: Eintrittsbarrieren überwinden, Marktchancen<br />

nutzen , Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Copeland, T. / Weston, F. (1992):<br />

Financial <strong>The</strong>ory and Corporate Policy, Massachussetts, 3. Auflage.<br />

Cotterell, A. (1993):<br />

East Asia – From Chinese Predominance to the Rise of the Pacific Rim. John Murray<br />

(Publishers) Ltd., London.<br />

Delman, J. (1989):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of Training in Technology Transfers to <strong>China</strong> – a Case Study of the Danish<br />

Experience. Copenhagen Discussion Papers No. 4, March 1989, Center for East and<br />

Southeast Asian Studies, University of Copenhagen.<br />

Dobbins, R. / Witt, S. / Fie lding, J. (1994):<br />

Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Investment Management, 2nd edition, Oxford.<br />

150


Dony, A. G. (1998):<br />

Market Entry Strategies for the Consumer Goods Industry in the PR <strong>China</strong> . An Empirical<br />

Study on the Beer and Soft Drink Industry. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen. Difo-Druck,<br />

Bamberg.<br />

Dun & Bradstedt, Shanghai (1998):<br />

Counting the cost: managing credit systems in <strong>China</strong>; in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />

1998, 15-22.<br />

Dunning, J. H. (1997):<br />

Alliance Capitalism and Global Business, London/New York.<br />

Dunning, J.H. (1995):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of Foreign Direct Investment in a Globalizing Economy. Banco Nazionale de<br />

Lavoro Quarterly Review , vol. 43, No. 193, 155-244.<br />

Dunung, Sanjyot P. (1995):<br />

Doing Business in Asia – <strong>The</strong> Complete Guide, Sexington Books, New York.<br />

Ehlern, S. (1997):<br />

International Private Banking, Bern/Stuttgart/Wien.<br />

Elk, K. van / Wijngaarden, K. de Lind van / Moonen, B. (1994):<br />

Globalization of Economic Activities and Small and Medium Sized Enterprise Development.<br />

Economisch Instituut voor het Midden- en Kleinbedrijf, Zoetermeer.<br />

Epple, P. (1995):<br />

Der Technologietransfer durch Klein und Mittelbetriebe in Entwicklungsländer. Frankfurt,<br />

Peter Lang (Europäische Hochschulschriften).<br />

Ernst & Young (1994):<br />

Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, International Business Series, Ernst & Young International, New<br />

York.<br />

Export Risk Guarantee Agency of Switzerland (1997):<br />

Swiss Export Risk Guarantee Scheme, Export Risk Guarantee Agency, Zurich.<br />

Fan, Z.-J. (1994):<br />

Ausländische Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik Ch ina, Giessen.<br />

Feinstein, C. / Howe, C. (Eds.) (1993):<br />

Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and<br />

International Perspectives. Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Fitzpatrick, E.J. / Chen, H.C. (1996):<br />

Licensing in North-East Asia. Asia Law, October 1996, 16-20.<br />

Foreign Investment Administration / Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation<br />

(1995):<br />

Summary of <strong>China</strong>’s Foreign Investment Policy, Beijing.<br />

151


Forschungsinstitut für Internationales Management an der Universität St. Gallen (1997):<br />

Students' Report on the Trip to Shanghai 1997, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland.<br />

Franke, G. (1983):<br />

Kapitalmarkt und Separation; in: Zeitschrift für Betriebswirtschaft Nr. 53 (1983), 239-260.<br />

Froot, K. A. (1993):<br />

Foreign Direct Investment, Chicago/London.<br />

Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.) (1993):<br />

Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />

Girardin, E. (1997):<br />

Banking Sector Reform and Credit Control in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />

Goldenberg, S. (1990): Management von Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. Fallbeispiele aus Europa, USA,<br />

<strong>China</strong> und Japan. Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />

Guo, A. / Akroyd, R. (1996):<br />

Overcoming barriers to technology transfer into <strong>China</strong>, in Child, John / Lu, Yuan (Eds.):<br />

Management Issues in <strong>China</strong> Volume II: International Enterprises, Routledge, London.<br />

Hannan, K. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Modernisation and the goal of prosperity, Cambridge.<br />

Heilmann, S. (1996):<br />

Das politische System der VR <strong>China</strong> im Wandel, Hamburg.<br />

Heiniger, Yvonne (1997):<br />

In Asien läuft alles anders, Bilanz 6/97.<br />

Hofstede, G. (1994):<br />

Cultures and Organisations, Intercultural Co -operation and its Importance for Survival.<br />

HarperCollins, London.<br />

Horstschäfer, R. (1997):<br />

Auslandsbanken in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Entwicklung und Perspektiven; in: <strong>China</strong> aktuell Nr. 11<br />

(1997), 1106-1116.<br />

Huang, Y . (1996):<br />

Revamping the Legal Framework for the Chinese Banking System, London.<br />

IMF (Ed.) (1997a):<br />

International Financial Statistics. Yearbook 1997, Washington.<br />

IMF (Ed.) (1997b):<br />

International Financial Statistics. September 1997, Washington.<br />

Information Office of the State Council of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (1994): Intellectual<br />

Property Protection in <strong>China</strong>. Beijing Review , June 1994, 20-26.<br />

International Chamber of Commerce (1997):<br />

Business Law in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

152


Islam, I. / Chowdhury, A. (1997): Asia-Pacific Economies, London.<br />

Jamieson, B. et al. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> UBS Guide to the Emerging Markets. Bloomsbury Publishing, London.<br />

Jiangping, X. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s International Technology Transfer: <strong>The</strong> Current Situation, Problems and Future<br />

Prospects. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s:<br />

Current Practice, Historical Problems and International Perspectives, 82-95, Edwar Elgar,<br />

London.<br />

Jin Rong Shi Bao (Financial Times <strong>China</strong> ) (1996):<br />

To write the hopes of tomorrow, March 5, 1996, 2.<br />

Jingping, D. (1997):<br />

Using Imported Technology to transform Existing Enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. In: Feinstein,<br />

C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical<br />

Problems and International Perspectives, 96-114, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Jones, William C. (1989):<br />

Basic Principles of Civil Law in <strong>China</strong>,.<br />

Katz, C. A. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of International Banks in the Transformation of the Chinese Financial System,<br />

Dissertation der Universität St. Gallen No. 1996, Rosch-Buch, Scheschlitz.<br />

Kieser, A./ H. Kubicek (1992):<br />

Organisation, Berlin.<br />

Kim, S.G. (1996):<br />

Technological Capability and Patterns of Technology Transfer in Asian Countries. Tech<br />

Monitor, Mar-Apr 1996, 24-27.<br />

Klingholz, Reiner (1994):<br />

Der Riese erwacht, GEO spezial – <strong>China</strong>, Nr. 1/Februar 1994.<br />

Kloth, B. (1996):<br />

Technologietransfer im Rahmen schweizerisch -chinesischer Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. St. Gallen,<br />

Dissertation.<br />

Klug, F.T. (1997):<br />

Financing Investment Projects in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />

Kotelnikov, V.Y. (1995):<br />

Facilitating Transfer of Environmentally Sound Technologies among SMEs in Asia and the<br />

Pacific. Tech Monitor, Jul-Aug 1995, 8-15.<br />

Krakowski, M. / Keller, D. / Winckler-Büttner, D. / Wacker-<strong>The</strong>odorakopoulos, C. / Lux, A.<br />

(1993):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Globalization of Economic Activities and the Development of Small and Medium<br />

Enterprises in Germany. HWWA-Report 132, Hamburg.<br />

153


Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s non Bank Financial Institutions, Trust and Investment Companies, World Bank<br />

Discussion Paper No. 358, Washington.<br />

Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

Mobilizing Domestic Capital Markets for Infrastructure Financing, World Bank Discussion<br />

Paper No. 377 , Washington.<br />

Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Regulation of Non-Bank Financial Institutions, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 362,<br />

Washington.<br />

Kynge, J./Harding J. (1998):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s bank shuts down debt-hit investment house. Financial Times, October 7, 1998.<br />

Laaksonen, O. (1988):<br />

Management in <strong>China</strong> during and after Mao in Enterprises, Government and Party. De<br />

Gruyter, Berlin.<br />

Lang, N.-S. (1998):<br />

Intercultural Management in <strong>China</strong>: Synergistic Management Approaches in Sino -European<br />

and Sino-Japanese Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. A comparative study. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen.<br />

Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Basic Concepts of Chinese La w.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Contract, Guanxi and Dispute Resolution in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Foreigner in Chinese Law.<br />

Leuenberger, T. (1971):<br />

<strong>China</strong>s Durchbruch ins zwanzigste Jahrhundert. Flamberg, Zürich.<br />

Lindquvist, M. (1991):<br />

Infant Multina tionals: <strong>The</strong> Internationalization of Young, Technology-Based Swedish Firms,<br />

Stockholm. Institute of International Business, Stockholm School of Ec onomics.<br />

Ling, J. (1995):<br />

Modernes Management von Geschäftsbanken, Guangzhou.<br />

Liu, Y. (1996):<br />

Staatsfinanzen : Gedanken über die tiefgreifenden Reformen des chinesischen Finanzsystems ,<br />

Beijing.<br />

Lü, Jinsheng (1989):<br />

Geschäfte mit <strong>China</strong>: ein Leitfaden, Verlag Welthandel, Hamburg.<br />

154


Madura, J. (1993):<br />

International Finance Perspectives, Miami.<br />

Melchers, Alexander C. (1994):<br />

Wege zur Markterschliessung „Greater <strong>China</strong>“ durch europäische Unternehmen,<br />

Diplomarbeit St. Gallen, St. Gallen.<br />

Michael, F. (1986):<br />

<strong>China</strong> through the Ages. Westview Press, London.<br />

Naisbitt, J. (1995):<br />

Megatrends Asia. <strong>The</strong> Eight Asian Megatrends that are Changing the World . Brealey,<br />

London.<br />

Naya D. J./Tan J. L. et al. (1995):<br />

Asian Transitional Economies. Challenges and Prospects for Reform and Transformation.<br />

Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.<br />

OECD (1995):<br />

Globalisation of Econom ic Activities and the Development of SMEs. Synthesis Report of the<br />

Working Party of the Industry Committee on Small and Medium Sized Enterprises, Paris,<br />

mimeo.<br />

Pausenberger, E. (1980):<br />

Internationale Unternehmungen in Entwicklungsländern - Ihre Strategien und Erfahrungen ,<br />

Düsseldorf/Wien.<br />

Pausenberger, E. / Glaum, M. (1993):<br />

Management von Währungsrisiken; in: Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.):<br />

Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />

Pausenberger, E. / Völker, H. (1985):<br />

Praxis des internationalen Finanzmanagement, Wiesbaden.<br />

Pechlaner, H. (1993):<br />

Private Banking, Chur/Zürich.<br />

Perce, A. W. and Myersiek S. (1996):<br />

Craighead's Country Reports <strong>China</strong>, Craighead Publications Inc., Darien CT, USA.<br />

Phatak, Arvind V. (1992):<br />

International Dimensions of Management, 3 rd edition, Wadsworth Publishing Company,<br />

Belmaon, California.<br />

Price Waterhouse (1996):<br />

Acquisition Reviews in <strong>China</strong> - A Price Waterhouse Survey, Price Waterhouse, Hongkong.<br />

Pye, L.W. (1985):<br />

Asian Power and Politics. <strong>The</strong> Cultural Dimensions of Authority. Harvard University Press ,<br />

Cambridge.<br />

155


Reif, A. (1995):<br />

Die Entwicklung des Kapitalmarktes in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Stuttgart.<br />

Reisach U., Tauber T. and Yuan X. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Ueberreuter, Vienna.<br />

Root, Franklin R. (1982):<br />

Entry Strategies for International Markets, Lexington Books, Massachusetts/Toronto, 1982.<br />

Ross, S. / Westerfield, R./ Jaffe, J. (1993):<br />

Corporate Finance, 3rd edition, Homewood/Boston.<br />

Rubensdörffer, Dagmar (1997):<br />

Social Competencies for Asia, Folien-Hand out, SCS.asia St. Gallen.<br />

Schilling, G. (1996a):<br />

Politischer Hintergrund der VR <strong>China</strong>; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />

Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />

Schilling, G. (1996b):<br />

Wirtschaft: Struktur und Entwicklung; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />

Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />

Schlesinger, M.N. (1997):<br />

Intellectual Property Law in <strong>China</strong>: Part I – Complying with TRIPs Requirements. East Asian<br />

Executive Reports, January 15 1997, 9-20.<br />

Schmidt, K.-D. (1996):<br />

Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs) in International Business: A Survey of Recent<br />

Literature. Kiel Working Paper No. 721 , Kiel Institute of World Economics.<br />

Schröder, J. (1994):<br />

Die Entwicklung eines effizienten Finanzsystems in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong>, Hamburg.<br />

Schüller, M. (1995):<br />

Die Reform des chinesischen Finanzsystems: Banken und Kapitalmärkte im Wandel; in:<br />

<strong>China</strong> Aktuell Nr. 10 (1995), 926-934.<br />

Schüller, M. (1998):<br />

Herausforderungen für den Finanzplatz Hong Kong; in: <strong>China</strong> Aktu ell Nr. 2 (1998), 199-208.<br />

Schütte, Hellmut/Lasserre, Phillipe (1996):<br />

Management-Strategien für Asien-Pazifik , Schäfer-Poeschel Verlag, Stuttgart.<br />

Schweizerische Bankiervereinigung (1997):<br />

Kredit- und <strong>Venture</strong> Capital-Finanzierung für Neuunternehmen und KMU", Schweizerische<br />

Bankiervereinigung, Basel.<br />

Segal, G. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Who’s in Charge? In: World Link, <strong>The</strong> magazine of the World Economic Forum.<br />

September-October 1995, 24-30.<br />

156


Semkow, B. W. (ed.) (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong> Finance Manual, Hong Kong.<br />

Servoise, R. (1995):<br />

Japon, les clés pour comprendre. Plon, Paris.<br />

Sharpe, W. (1970):<br />

Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Capital Markets, New York.<br />

Shrivastava, P. (1994):<br />

Strategic Management. South Western Publishing, Cincinnati.<br />

Spremann, K. (1995):<br />

Wirtschaft, Investition und Finanzierung, 5. Auflage, München/Wien.<br />

Storey, Robert (1994):<br />

<strong>China</strong>: A travel survival Kit, 4 th edition, Lonely Plant Publications, Hawthorn.<br />

Stüdlein, Yvonne (1997):<br />

Kulturelle Perspektive internationaler strategischer Allianzen – Phasenkonzept zum<br />

Management von Kulturunterschieden, Dissertation St. Gallen, Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Surtani, J. (1991):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Marketing of Private Banking Services in Hong Kong, Templeton College Management<br />

Research Papers No. 6 (1991), Oxford.<br />

Tam, O.K. (1995):<br />

Financia l reform in <strong>China</strong>, London/New York.<br />

Tang, Zailiang/Reisch, Bernhard (1994):<br />

Deutsch-chinesische Management: Problemfelder–Analysen–Lösungen, Institut für<br />

interkulturelles Management, Königswinter.<br />

Terpstra, Vern/David, Kenneth (1991):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Cultural Environment in International Business, 3 rd edition, South Western, Cincinnati.<br />

Trommsdorff, Volker/Wilpert, Berhard (1994):<br />

Deutsch-chinesische Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, Wirtschaft–Recht–Kultur, 2. überarbeitete Auflage,<br />

Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Tsang, E.W.K. (1994):<br />

Strategies for Transferring Technology to <strong>China</strong>, in: Long Range Planning , Vol. 27, No. 3,<br />

98-107.<br />

Tseng, W. et al. (1994):<br />

Economic Reform in <strong>China</strong> - A New Phase, IMF Occasional Paper No. 114, Washington.<br />

Vanhonacker, W. (1997):<br />

Entering <strong>China</strong>: An unconventional Approach, in: Harvard Business Review, March-April<br />

1997, 130-140.<br />

157


Waal, C. de (1998):<br />

Hedging your bets: minimising financial risk in the PRC, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />

1998, 16-19.<br />

Wang, Chenguang/Zhang, Xianchu (Ed.) (1997): Introduction to Chinese Law.<br />

Wang, Yongjun (1997):<br />

Investment in <strong>China</strong> - A Question and Answer Guide on How to Do Business, CITIC<br />

Publishing House, American Management Association, New York.<br />

Wang, Z. (1996):<br />

Deutsche Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> , Berlin/Heidelberg/New York.<br />

Wegner , C. (1998):<br />

Foreign banks still restricted in scope of RMB business, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />

1998, 23-24.<br />

Wirtschaftsmacht (1996):<br />

Deng Xiaoping. Gesammelte Werke.<br />

Wu, J. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s Economic and Financial Reform, in: Tam, Financial Reform in <strong>China</strong>, London.<br />

Wurfel, D./Burton, B. et al. (1996):<br />

Southeast Asia in the New World Order. <strong>The</strong> Political Economy of a Dynamic Region.<br />

Macmillan Press Ltd., London.<br />

Xiaofu, L. (1996):<br />

Technology Transfer in <strong>China</strong>: Current Situations, Problems and Aspects. Tech Monitor, Mar-<br />

Apr 1996, 28-32.<br />

Xiaojuan, J. (1997):<br />

Chinese Government Policy towards Science and Technology and its Influence on the<br />

Technical Development of Industrial Enterprises. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese<br />

Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and International<br />

Perspectives, 137-151, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995a):<br />

Financial Sector Development in Asia, Hong Kong/Oxford/New York.<br />

Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995b):<br />

Financial Sector Development in Asia - Country Studies, Manila/Oxford/New York.<br />

158


6. Appendix<br />

6.1 Fact Sheet People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> 145<br />

Capital: Beijing<br />

Population: 1.22 bn<br />

Regions: 22 provinces; 3 municipalities (Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin);<br />

5 autonomous regions (Guanxi, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia,<br />

Xinjiang and Tibet)<br />

Key Cities: Shanghai (13m), Beijing (10.7m), Chengdu (9.7m), Tianjin<br />

(8.9m)<br />

Ethnic Groups: Han (91.96%), Zhuang (1.37%), Manchu (0.87%)<br />

Religions: Daoism (Taoism), Buddhism, Muslim 2%-3%, Christian 1%;<br />

officially atheist, but traditionally pragmatic and eclectic<br />

Languages: Mandarin and various dialects<br />

Land Area: 9'562'000 square kilometers; arable land: 10%<br />

145 Compare: http://www.odci.gov/cia/publications/factbook/ch.html and Business Monitor International,<br />

<strong>China</strong> & North Asia, No 8, August 1998.<br />

159


Natural resources: coal, iron ore, petroleum, mercury, tin, tungsten, antimony,<br />

manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, magnetite, aluminum,<br />

lead, zinc, uranium, hydropower potential (world's largest)<br />

GDP: consumption by sector: Agriculture 20%, Industry 49%,<br />

Services 31%<br />

GDP: real growth rate: 1995: 10.5%, 1996:9.7%, 1997: 8.5%, 1998:<br />

7.8%<br />

Consumer price inflation: 1995: 101%, 1996: 6.8%, 1997: 3% (est.)<br />

160

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!